TW201512315A - Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device - Google Patents

Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201512315A
TW201512315A TW103128228A TW103128228A TW201512315A TW 201512315 A TW201512315 A TW 201512315A TW 103128228 A TW103128228 A TW 103128228A TW 103128228 A TW103128228 A TW 103128228A TW 201512315 A TW201512315 A TW 201512315A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
rtp
formula
color filter
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW103128228A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI634162B (en
Inventor
Satoshi Higuchi
Takashi Katoh
Akinori Fujita
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201512315A publication Critical patent/TW201512315A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI634162B publication Critical patent/TWI634162B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/26Triarylmethane dyes in which at least one of the aromatic nuclei is heterocyclic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/02Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes
    • C09B69/06Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes of cationic dyes with organic acids or with inorganic complex acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A colored composition having excellent heat resistance, solvent resistance and voltage holding ratio, a cured film, a color filter, a method for manufacturing color filter, a solid-state image sensing device and a liquid crystal display device are provided. The colored composition contains a coloring agent and a polymerizable compound. The coloring agent contains a triaryl methane structure and a counter anion. The triaryl methane structure has a crosslinking group and a cation, and a molecular weight thereof is 2000 or less.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的 製造方法、固體攝影元件及液晶顯示裝置 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, color filter Manufacturing method, solid-state imaging element, and liquid crystal display device

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝影元件及液晶顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, and a liquid crystal display device.

先前,彩色濾光片是藉由如下方式來製造:藉由含有使有機顏料或無機顏料分散而成的顏料分散組成物與多官能單體、聚合起始劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、以及視需要的其他成分而製成著色組成物,然後使用該著色組成物,利用光微影法、噴墨法等來形成著色圖案,從而製造彩色濾光片。 Previously, a color filter was produced by containing a pigment dispersion composition obtained by dispersing an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment with a polyfunctional monomer, a polymerization initiator, an alkali-soluble resin, and optionally A coloring composition is prepared by using other components, and then a coloring pattern is formed by a photolithography method, an inkjet method, or the like using the coloring composition, thereby producing a color filter.

近年來,彩色濾光片具有於液晶顯示元件(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)用途中不僅用於監視器,而且向電視(Television,TV)擴大用途的傾向。隨著該用途擴大的傾向,對於彩色濾光片,於色度、對比度等中要求高度的色特性。另外,對於影像感測器(固體攝影元件)用途的彩色濾光片,亦同樣地要求色不均的減 少、色分解能力的提高等色特性的進一步提高。 In recent years, color filters have been used not only for monitors but also for televisions (TVs) in liquid crystal display (LCD) applications. As the use tends to expand, color filters are required to have high color characteristics in chromaticity, contrast, and the like. In addition, for color filters used for image sensors (solid-state imaging devices), color unevenness is similarly required. The color characteristics of the improvement of the color decomposition ability are further improved.

但,於現有的顏料分散系中,容易產生因顏料的粗大粒子而發生散射、因分散穩定性不良而引起黏度上升等問題,常常難以進一步提高對比、亮度。 However, in the conventional pigment dispersion system, problems such as scattering due to coarse particles of the pigment and increase in viscosity due to poor dispersion stability are likely to occur, and it is often difficult to further improve contrast and brightness.

因此,先前,作為著色劑,正研究不僅使用顏料,而且使用染料(例如參照專利文獻1)。若使用染料作為著色劑,則可藉由染料自身的色純度或其色相的鮮豔度,來提高影像顯示時的顯示影像的色相或亮度,且由於粗大粒子消失,故而在提高對比度的方面有用。 Therefore, as a coloring agent, it has been studied to use not only a pigment but also a dye (for example, refer to Patent Document 1). When a dye is used as a coloring agent, the hue or brightness of the display image at the time of image display can be improved by the color purity of the dye itself or the vividness of the hue, and since the coarse particles disappear, it is useful for improving the contrast.

染料的例子已知有:酞菁(phthalocyanine)染料、二吡咯亞甲基(dipyrromethene)染料、嘧啶偶氮(pyrimidine azo)染料、吡唑偶氮(pyrazole azo)染料、氧雜蒽(xanthene)染料、三芳基甲烷(triarylmethane)染料等具有多種色素母體的化合物(例如參照專利文獻2~專利文獻8)。 Examples of dyes are known: phthalocyanine dyes, dipyrromethene dyes, pyrimidine azo dyes, pyrazole azo dyes, xanthene dyes. A compound having a plurality of dye precursors such as a triarylmethane dye (see, for example, Patent Document 2 to Patent Document 8).

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開平6-75375號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-75375

[專利文獻2]日本專利特開2008-292970號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008-292970

[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2007-039478號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-039478

[專利文獻4]日本專利特開平9-157536號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-157536

[專利文獻5]日本專利特開2013-25194號公報 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-25194

[專利文獻6]日本專利特開2012-201694號公報 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-201694

[專利文獻7]日本專利特開2012-108469號公報 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-108469

[專利文獻8]日本專利特開2000-095805號公報 [Patent Document 8] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-095805

此處,彩色濾光片等中使用的著色組成物要求耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率更優異者。 Here, the coloring composition used in a color filter or the like is required to be more excellent in heat resistance, solvent resistance, and voltage holding ratio.

本發明的目的在於解決所述課題,且目的為提供一種耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率優異的著色組成物。本發明的課題特別在於提供一種作為藍色濾光片(blue filter)用著色組成物而有益的著色組成物。 An object of the present invention is to solve the above problems, and an object of the invention is to provide a coloring composition which is excellent in heat resistance, solvent resistance and voltage holding ratio. In particular, it is an object of the present invention to provide a coloring composition which is advantageous as a coloring composition for a blue filter.

基於所述狀況,本案發明者進行積極研究,結果發現,藉由將包含具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構以及相對陰離子的著色劑調配於組成物中,可解決所述課題。 Based on the above situation, the inventors of the present invention conducted active research and found that by disposing a coloring agent containing a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less and a relative anion, the composition can be solved. The subject.

具體而言,藉由下述手段<1>,較佳為藉由<2>~<14>來解決所述課題。 Specifically, the above problem is solved by <2> to <14> by the following means <1>.

<1>一種著色組成物,其包含著色劑、及聚合性化合物,所述著色劑包含具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構以及相對陰離子。 <1> A coloring composition comprising a colorant and a polymerizable compound, wherein the colorant comprises a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less and a counter anion.

<2>如<1>所述的著色組成物,其中具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構是由通式(TP1)及/或 通式(TP2)所表示, <2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is represented by the general formula (TP1) and/or the general formula (TP2).

(通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基)。 (In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 are each independently represented. a substituent; Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a, b, and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, two of Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 , and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring; Rtp 1 ~ A crosslinkable group is present in any of Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 ).

<3>如<1>或<2>所述的著色組成物,其中相對陰離子是選自:選自氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子、PF6-及SbF6-中的至少1種;以及選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、下述通式(A1)所表示的結構以及下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少1種, <3> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the relative anion is selected from the group consisting of: selected from the group consisting of a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, and a borate At least one of an anion, PF 6- and SbF 6- ; and a structure selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , the following formula (A1), and the following formula (A2) At least one of the structures indicated,

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-) (In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-)

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN)。 (In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN).

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中相對陰離子包含於含有交聯性基的化合物中。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the relative anion is contained in the compound containing a crosslinkable group.

<5>如<1>至<3>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中相對陰離子包含於重複單元中。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the relative anion is contained in the repeating unit.

<6>如<1>所述的著色組成物,其中具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構是由通式(TP1A)或者通式(TP2A)所表示,[化4] <6> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is represented by the formula (TP1A) or the formula (TP2A). 4]

(通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少1個可經通式(P)所取代) (In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 are each independently represented. a substituent; Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a, b, and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, two of Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 , and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring; Rtp 1 ~ Any one of Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a crosslinkable group; at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 may be substituted by the general formula (P))

(通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或者2價連結基;X1選自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、包含下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基團以及包含下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基團中的至少1種中;通式(A1) (In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; and X 1 is selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , and includes a structure represented by the following formula (A1) At least one of a group and a group containing a structure represented by the following formula (A2); formula (A1)

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-) (In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-)

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN)。 (In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN).

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其更包含光聚合起始劑。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6> which further comprises a photopolymerization initiator.

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 <8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7> which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter.

<9>一種著色硬化膜,其是將如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而成。 <9> A colored cured film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8>.

<10>一種彩色濾光片,其包括如<9>所述的著色硬化膜。 <10> A color filter comprising the colored hardening film according to <9>.

<11>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括以下步驟:將如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的著色組成物賦予至支持體上而形成 著色組成物層;將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀;以及將未曝光部進行顯影去除而形成著色圖案。 <11> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of: applying a coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8> to a support to form a color filter Coloring the composition layer; exposing the colored composition layer to a pattern; and developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.

<12>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括以下步驟:將如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的著色組成物賦予至支持體上而形成著色組成物層,進行硬化而形成著色層;於著色層上形成光阻層;藉由曝光及顯影,將光阻層進行圖案化而獲得光阻圖案;或者將光阻圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻。 <12> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of: applying a colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8> to a support to form a colored composition layer, and performing hardening Forming a coloring layer; forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a photoresist pattern; or dry etching the colored layer using the photoresist pattern as an etch mask.

<13>一種彩色濾光片,其是利用如<11>或<12>所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法來製造。 <13> A color filter produced by the method for producing a color filter according to <11> or <12>.

<14>一種固體攝影元件或者影像顯示裝置,其包括如<10>所述的彩色濾光片或者利用如<11>或<12>所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法來製作的彩色濾光片。 <14> A solid-state imaging device or image display device comprising the color filter according to <10> or a color filter produced by the method of manufacturing the color filter according to <11> or <12> Light film.

依據本發明,可提供一種耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率優異的著色組成物。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored composition excellent in heat resistance, solvent resistance and voltage holding ratio.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。此外,本說明書中所謂「~」,是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含義來使用。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, the term "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit.

本說明書中,所謂全部固體成分,是指自著色組成物的全部 組成中去除溶劑而成的成分的總質量。 In the present specification, the term "all solid components" means all of the self-colored components. The total mass of the components from which the solvent is removed from the composition.

本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代以及未經取代的表述不僅包含不具有取代基的基團,而且還包含具有取代基的基團。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the unsubstituted and unsubstituted expressions are not described as including not only a group having no substituent but also a group having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

另外,本說明書中的所謂「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(extreme ultraviolet light,EUV光)、X射線、電子束等。另外,本發明中所謂光,是指光化射線或者放射線。本說明書中的所謂「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則不僅是指利用水銀燈、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等進行的曝光,而且利用電子束、離子束等粒子束的描畫亦包含於曝光中。 In addition, the term "radiation" in the present specification means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), an X-ray, an electron beam, or the like. In addition, in the present invention, the term "light" means actinic rays or radiation. The term "exposure" as used in the present specification means not only exposure by far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. represented by mercury lamps or excimer lasers, but also electron beams, ion beams, and the like, unless otherwise specified. The drawing of the bundle is also included in the exposure.

另外,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或者任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或者任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或者任一者。 In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. "(Meth)acrylonitrile" means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.

另外,本說明書中,「單量體」與「單體(monomer)」含義相同。本說明書中的單量體有別於寡聚物以及聚合物,是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物,可為單量體,亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基團。 In addition, in this specification, "single quantity" has the same meaning as "monomer". The monomer in the present specification is different from the oligomer and the polymer, and means a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本說明書中,「步驟」的用語不僅包含獨立的步驟,即便是無法與其他步驟明確區分的情況,只要達成該步驟的所期望的作用,則亦包含於本用語中。 In the present specification, the term "step" includes not only independent steps, but even if it is not clearly distinguishable from other steps, it is included in the term as long as the desired effect of the step is achieved.

只要無特別說明,則本發明中的重量平均分子量是指利用凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)來測定的值。GPC可對所得的聚合物,藉由去除溶劑而分離,將所得的固體成分以四氫呋喃稀釋至0.1質量%,利用HLC-8020GPC(東曹(股)製造),且將TSKgel Super Multipore HZ-H(東曹(股)製造,4.6mmID×15cm)串聯連結3根而成者作為管柱來進行測定。作為條件,可設試樣濃度為0.35質量%、流速為0.35mL/min、樣品注入量為10μL、測定溫度為40℃,使用折射率(Refractive Index,RI)偵檢器來進行。 The weight average molecular weight in the present invention means a value measured by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise specified. GPC can be used to separate the obtained polymer by removing the solvent, and the obtained solid component is diluted to 0.1% by mass with tetrahydrofuran, using HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgel Super Multipore HZ-H ( Manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (4.6 mm ID × 15 cm), three of them were connected in series as a column. As a condition, the sample concentration was 0.35% by mass, the flow rate was 0.35 mL/min, the sample injection amount was 10 μL, and the measurement temperature was 40° C., and the refractive index (Refractive Index, RI) detector was used.

<著色組成物> <Coloring composition>

本發明的著色組成物的特徵在於:包含著色劑及聚合性化合物,所述著色劑包含具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構以及相對陰離子。 The colored composition of the present invention is characterized by comprising a coloring agent containing a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less, and a counter anion, and a polymerizable compound.

藉由設為此種構成,可提供耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率優異的著色組成物。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a coloring composition excellent in heat resistance, solvent resistance, and voltage holding ratio.

以下,以第1實施形態以及第2實施形態的順序對著色劑進行說明。 Hereinafter, the coloring agent will be described in the order of the first embodiment and the second embodiment.

第1實施形態為以下所說明的第2實施形態以外的情況。例如可列舉在具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構與相對陰離子的鍵結部分中不具有共價鍵的情況。 The first embodiment is other than the second embodiment described below. For example, a case where a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less and a bonding moiety having a relative anion does not have a covalent bond may be mentioned.

第2實施形態可列舉:相對陰離子與具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構的三芳基甲烷骨架部分直接進行共價鍵結的情況;或者相對陰離子與三芳基甲烷骨架部分經由連結基而進行共價鍵結的情況。 In the second embodiment, a case where a triarylmethane skeleton having a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is directly covalently bonded; or a relative anion and a triarylmethane skeleton Partial covalent bonding via a linking group.

著色劑的第1實施形態 First embodiment of coloring agent

以下,以具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構、相對陰離子的順序進行說明。 Hereinafter, a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less and a relative anion will be described.

<<三芳基甲烷結構>> <<Triaryl methane structure>>

三芳基甲烷結構所具有的交聯性基可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的交聯性基。具體而言,可列舉:具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基團、(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、烯丙基、環狀醚基等,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基及烯丙基中的至少1種,更佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基及乙烯基中的至少1種,尤佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基及苯乙烯基。 As the crosslinkable group which the triarylmethane structure has, a crosslinkable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid, or a heat can be used. Specific examples thereof include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a (meth)acryl group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a cyclic ether group, etc., preferably selected from (methyl group). At least one of an acrylic group, a styryl group, a vinyl group and an allyl group, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group and a vinyl group, and more preferably a (methyl group) ) Acrylic and styryl groups.

環狀醚基例如較佳為環氧基、氧雜環丁基等,更佳為環氧基。 The cyclic ether group is preferably, for example, an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group, and more preferably an epoxy group.

具有交聯性基及陽離子的三芳基甲烷結構的分子量為2000以下,較佳為300~1500,更佳為300~900。 The triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation has a molecular weight of 2,000 or less, preferably 300 to 1,500, more preferably 300 to 900.

具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構較佳為由下述通式(TP1)及/或通式(TP2)所表示。 The triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is preferably represented by the following formula (TP1) and/or formula (TP2).

(通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基。)通式(TP1)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,較佳為氫原子或者烷基。 (In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 are each independently represented. a substituent; Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a, b, and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, two of Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 , and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 have a crosslinkable group.) In the formula (TP1), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group.

烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,尤佳為1~3。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀以及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀或者分支狀。烷基可具有取代基,但較佳為未經取代。烷基可具有的取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, still more preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably unsubstituted. The substituent which the alkyl group may have is a substituent listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later.

芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,尤佳為6。芳基可具有的取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6. The substituent which the aryl group may have is a substituent listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later.

通式(TP1)中,Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72,較佳為氫原子或者NRtp71Rtp72,更佳為NRtp71Rtp72In the formula (TP1), Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 , preferably a hydrogen atom or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 , more preferably NRtp 71 Rtp 72 .

烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,尤佳為1~3。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀以及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀。烷基可具有的取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,尤佳為6。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, still more preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched form, and a cyclic form, but is preferably linear. The substituent which the alkyl group may have is a substituent listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6.

Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,較佳為氫原子或者烷基。 Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~8,尤佳為1~6。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀以及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀或者分支狀。烷基較佳為未經取代。烷基可具有的取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,尤佳為6。芳基可具有的取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 8, and particularly preferably from 1 to 6. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably unsubstituted. The substituent which the alkyl group may have is a substituent listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6. The substituent which the aryl group may have is a substituent listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later.

通式(TP1)中,Rtp5、Rtp6及Rtp8分別獨立地表示取代基。取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。特佳為碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1~5的烯基、碳數6~15的芳基、羧基或者磺基,尤佳為碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1~5的烯基、苯基或者羧基。特佳為Rtp5及Rtp6分別獨立地表示碳數1~5的烷基。另外,Rtp8較佳為其2個烯基可相互鍵結而形成環。環較佳為苯環。 In the formula (TP1), Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 and Rtp 8 each independently represent a substituent. The substituents listed in the item of the substituent group A to be described later are exemplified. Particularly preferred are straight or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, carboxyl groups or sulfo groups, and particularly preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5 A chain or a branched alkyl group, a carbon number of 1 to 5 alkenyl group, a phenyl group or a carboxyl group. Particularly preferably, Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Further, Rtp 8 is preferably such that two alkenyl groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring is preferably a benzene ring.

通式(TP1)中,a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數, 特別是a及b較佳為表示0或1,更佳為表示0。c較佳為表示0~2,更佳為表示0或1。 In the general formula (TP1), a, b, and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, In particular, a and b preferably represent 0 or 1, more preferably 0. c preferably represents 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,與通式(TP1)中的Rtp1~Rtp4含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and have the same meanings as Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 in the formula (TP1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp5及Rtp6分別獨立地表示取代基,與通式(TP1)中的Rtp5及Rtp6含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the formula (TP2), Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 each independently represent a substituent, and have the same meanings as Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 in the formula (TP1), and the preferred range is also the same.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基,可使用後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。 In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substituent, and the substituents listed in the item of the substituent group A to be described later can be used.

Rtp9較佳為烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子。 Rtp 9 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group and a halogen atom.

Rtp11較佳為烷基,更佳為碳數1~5的烷基,尤佳為碳數1~3的烷基。烷基較佳為直鏈狀或者分支狀,更佳為直鏈狀。 Rtp 11 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp10表示取代基,可使用後述取代基組群A的項中所列舉的取代基。特別是Rtp10更佳為碳數6~12的芳基,更佳為苯基。 In the formula (TP2), Rtp 10 represents a substituent, and the substituents listed in the item of the substituent group A to be described later can be used. In particular, Rtp 10 is more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group.

通式(TP2)中,a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,特別是a及b較佳為表示0或1,更佳為表示0。c較佳為表示0~2,更佳為表示0。 In the formula (TP2), a, b and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and particularly, a and b preferably represent 0 or 1, more preferably 0. c preferably represents 0 to 2, more preferably 0.

較佳為於Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基,特佳為於Rtp71或Rtp72中具有交聯性基。 It is preferred to have a crosslinkable group in any of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 , and particularly preferably a crosslinkable group in Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 .

具有交聯性基的基團可僅含有交聯性基,亦可除了交聯性基以外還包含連結基。具有交聯性基的基團特佳為-L0-P0所表示的基 團。此處,L0表示單鍵或者2價連結基,P1表示交聯性基。 The group having a crosslinkable group may contain only a crosslinkable group, and may further contain a linking group in addition to the crosslinkable group. The group having a crosslinkable group is particularly preferably a group represented by -L 0 -P 0 . Here, L 0 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and P 1 represents a crosslinkable group.

交聯性基與所述交聯性基含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The crosslinkable group has the same meaning as the crosslinkable group, and the preferred range is also the same.

2價連結基較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO-、-SO2-以及將該些基團組合2個以上而成的基團。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者雜環基。 The divalent linking group is preferably an alkylene group, an extended aryl group, a heterocyclic linking group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OC-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and a group obtained by combining two or more of these groups. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

2價連結基特佳為伸烷基。 The divalent linkage is preferably an alkyl group.

伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀以及環狀的任一種。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20,尤佳為5~20,特佳為5~10。具體而言,較佳為:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸己基、伸庚基、伸環戊烯基、伸環己基等。 The alkylene group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, particularly preferably from 5 to 20, particularly preferably from 5 to 10. Specifically, a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like are preferable.

伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,更佳為6~18,尤佳為6~12。具體而言,伸芳基較佳為伸苯基、萘基等。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 30, more preferably from 6 to 18, and particularly preferably from 6 to 12. Specifically, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or the like.

所述三芳基甲烷結構的陽離子以如下方式而非定域化地存在,下述2種結構的含義相同,均包含於本發明中。此外,陽離子部位可位於分子中的任一位置。 The cation of the triarylmethane structure exists in the following manner instead of localization, and the following two structures have the same meanings and are all included in the present invention. Furthermore, the cationic moiety can be located anywhere in the molecule.

取代基組群A:取代基可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷基氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或者雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。以下進行詳細記述。 Substituent group A: the substituent may be exemplified by a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group. , aryloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, amine methyl methoxy, amine (including alkylamino, anilino), decylamino, aminocarbonylamino, Alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, hetero Cyclosulfanyl, sulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl , amine mercapto, aryl azo or heterocyclic azo, quinone imine, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, decyl and the like. The details will be described below.

可列舉:鹵素原子(例如:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、直鏈或分支的烷基(直鏈或分支的經取代或未經取代的烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、2-氯乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-乙基己基)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烷基,例如 可列舉環己基、環戊基;多環烷基,例如可列舉雙環烷基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烷基,例如:雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基)或三環烷基等多環結構的基團;較佳為單環的環烷基、雙環烷基,特佳為單環的環烷基)、直鏈或分支的烯基(直鏈或分支的經取代或未經取代的烯基,較佳為碳數2~30的烯基,例如:乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基、香葉草基、油烯基(oleyl))、環烯基(較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烯基,例如可列舉:2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基;多環烯基,例如:雙環烯基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烯基,例如:雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛-2-烯-4-基)或三環烯基,特佳為單環的環烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基,例如:乙炔基、炔丙基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基,例如:苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六醯基胺基苯基)、雜環基(較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代的飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,更佳為環構成原子選自碳原子、氮原子及硫原子中,且具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子及硫原子中的任一種雜原子的雜環基,尤佳為碳數3~30的5員或6員的芳香族雜環基;例如:2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-吡啶基、4-吡啶基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基)、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧 基,例如:甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基,例如:苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、2,4-二-第三戊基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四醯基胺基苯氧基)、矽烷基氧基(較佳為碳數3~20的矽烷基氧基,例如:三甲基矽烷基氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基,雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如:1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基)、醯氧基(較佳為甲醯氧基、碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基氧基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基氧基,例如:甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰基氧基)、胺甲醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基,例如:N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰基氧基、N,N-二-正辛基胺基羰基氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基)、烷氧基羰基氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基氧基,例如:甲氧基羰基氧基、乙氧基羰基氧基、第三丁氧基羰基氧基、正辛基羰基氧基)、芳氧基羰基氧基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基氧基,例如:苯氧基羰基氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰基氧基、對正十六烷基氧基苯氧基羰基氧基)、胺基(較佳為胺基、碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基、碳數0 ~30的雜環胺基,例如:胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、N-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基胺基)、醯基胺基(較佳為甲醯基胺基、碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基,例如:甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基)、胺基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基,例如:胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如:甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷基氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基)、芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如:苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧基羰基胺基)、胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基,例如:胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛基胺基磺醯基胺基)、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基,例如:甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基)、巰基、 烷基硫基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基硫基,例如:甲基硫基、乙基硫基、正十六烷基硫基)、芳基硫基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基硫基,例如:苯基硫基、對氯苯基硫基、間甲氧基苯基硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基,雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如:2-苯并噻唑基硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-基硫基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,例如:N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷基氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基)、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如:甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基)、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,例如:甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基)、醯基(較佳為甲醯基、碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基、碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,例如:乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對正辛氧基苯基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基,例如:苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對第三丁基 苯氧基羰基)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基,例如:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷基氧基羰基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,例如:胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基)、芳基偶氮基或者雜環偶氮基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基偶氮基、碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環偶氮基(雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部),例如:苯基偶氮、對氯苯基偶氮、5-乙基硫基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-基偶氮)、醯亞胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的醯亞胺基,例如:N-丁二醯亞胺、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺)、膦基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的膦基,例如:二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基)、氧膦基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基,例如:氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基)、氧膦基氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基,例如:二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基)、氧膦基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基,例如:二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲基胺基氧膦基胺基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基,例如:三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基)。 The halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom), a linear or branched alkyl group (a linear or branched substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, preferably a carbon number of 1) ~30 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-ethylhexyl), a cycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, for example The cyclohexyl group, the cyclopentyl group, and the polycycloalkyl group may, for example, be a bicycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 30, for example, a bicyclo[1,2,2 a polycyclic structure group such as heptan-2-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]octane-3-yl) or tricycloalkyl; preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl group, Particularly preferred is a monocyclic cycloalkyl), straight or branched alkenyl group (linear or branched substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example: vinyl , allyl, isoprenyl, geranyl, oleyl, cycloalkenyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, for example Listed: 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl; polycycloalkenyl, for example: bicycloalkenyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic ring having 5 to 30 carbon atoms) Alkenyl, for example, bicyclo[2,2,1]hept-2-en-1-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl) or tricycloalkenyl, particularly preferably Monocyclic cycloalkenyl), alkynyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example: ethynyl, propargyl, trimethyldecyl ethynyl), aryl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, o-hexadecanylaminophenyl), heterocyclic ring a substituted (unsubstituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members, more preferably a ring constituent atom selected from carbon atoms a heterocyclic group having at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom among the nitrogen atom and the sulfur atom, and more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Base; for example: 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl), cyano, hydroxy, nitro, carboxy, alkoxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) a group, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a third butoxy group, a n-octyloxy group, a 2-methoxyethoxy group, an aryloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, for example: phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 2,4-di-tripentylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetradecylaminophenoxy), decyloxy (preferably a decyloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, trimethyldecyloxy group, a third butyl dimethyl fluorenyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably a heterocyclic group) The heterocyclic moiety described in, for example, 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), decyloxy (preferably methyloxy), carbon 2 to 30 a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, a methyl methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a trimethyl ethoxy group. Base, stearyloxy, benzhydryloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy), amine methyloxy (preferably substituted with 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group, for example: N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy, N,N-diethylamine methyl methoxy, morpholinylcarbonyloxy, N,N-di - n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, N-n-octylaminemethyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) a group, for example, a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a third butoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-octylcarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group, for example: phenoxycarbonyloxy, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, p-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy) , an amine group (preferably an amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a carbon number of 0 ~30 heterocyclic amine groups, for example: amine group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, anilino group, N-methyl-anilino group, diphenylamino group, N-1, 3, 5-three a pyridylamino group, a mercaptoamine group (preferably a mercaptoamine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted carbon number of 6 to 30) Or an unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group, for example, a decylamino group, an ethyl decylamino group, a trimethyl ethyl amide group, a lauryl amide group, a benzhydryl amide group, 3, 4 , 5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, an aminomethyl sulfhydryl group Amine, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, morpholinylcarbonylamino), alkoxycarbonylamino (preferably carbon number 2) a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group of ~30, for example: methoxycarbonylamino group, ethoxycarbonylamino group, tert-butoxycarbonylamino group, n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group Amine, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino), aryloxycarbonylamino (preferably substituted or not having a carbon number of 7 to 30) a substituted aryloxycarbonylamino group, for example, a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, a m-octyloxyphenoxycarbonylamino group, an aminesulfonylamino group (preferably A substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, for example, an amine sulfonylamino group, an N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino group, and an N-n-octylamine group a sulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group or an arylsulfonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, carbon number a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group of 6 to 30, for example, methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5 - trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino), fluorenyl, Alkylthio group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, n-hexadecylthio), arylsulfide a base (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, m-methoxyphenylthio), heterocyclic sulfur a base (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably a heterocyclic ring described in the heterocyclic group, for example, a 2-benzothiazolyl group; Sulfhydryl, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio), aminsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted sulfonamide having a carbon number of 0 to 30, for example, N-ethylamine Sulfonyl, N-(3-dodecyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl, N-acetyl sulfonyl, N-benzhydrazide Amidoxime, N-(N'-phenylaminecarbamimidino)sulfonyl), sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl (preferably from 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl Phenylsulfinyl, p-methylphenylsulfinyl), alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl) a mercapto group (preferably a mercapto group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, an ethyl fluorenyl group; , trimethylethenyl, 2-chloroethylidene, stearyl, benzhydryl, p-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 30) a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, for example: phenoxycarbonyl, o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, p-tert-butyl a phenoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a third butoxycarbonyl group) , n-octadecyloxycarbonyl), aminomethylindenyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, for example, an amine formazan group, an N-methylamine group) Sulfhydryl, N,N-dimethylaminecarbamyl, N,N-di-n-octylamine, fluorenyl, N-(methylsulfonyl)amine, arylazo or a heterocyclic azo group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms (heterocyclic moiety) Preferred are the heterocyclic moieties described in the heterocyclic group, for example: phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2- Alkyl azo), a quinone imine group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted quinone imine group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, N-butanediamine, N-phthalimide) a phosphino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, dimethylphosphino, diphenylphosphino, methylphenoxyphosphino) a phosphinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group), a phosphinyl group An oxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group, dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group), phosphine oxide a base group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, dimethoxyphosphinylamino group, dimethylaminophosphinylamino group), A decyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted decyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, for example, a trimethyldecyl group, a tert-butyldimethylalkyl group, or a phenyldimethylalkyl group).

具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構的具體例可列舉以下的結構,但本發明並不限定於該些結構。 Specific examples of the triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less include the following structures, but the present invention is not limited to these structures.

[化12] [化12]

<<相對陰離子>> <<relative anion>>

相對陰離子為所述三芳基甲烷結構所具有的陽離子的相對陰離子。相對陰離子可僅包含相對陰離子,亦可作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含。 The relative anion is the relative anion of the cation possessed by the triarylmethane structure. The counter anion may comprise only the opposite anion or may be included as part of the structure of the compound.

於僅包含相對陰離子的情況下,可列舉:氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子(BF4-等)、PF6-及SbF6-等,較佳為硼酸鹽陰離子以及PF6-When only the relative anion is contained, a fluorine anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, a borate anion (BF 4-, etc.), PF 6- and SbF 6- may be mentioned. And the like, preferably a borate anion and PF 6- .

作為相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況,可列舉:與具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構不同而作為抗衡陰離子來存在的情況。 In the case where the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound, it may be a case where it is present as a counter anion unlike a triarylmethane having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less.

硼酸鹽陰離子為B(R10)4-所表示的基團,R10可例示氟原子、氰基、氟化烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基等。 The borate anion is a group represented by B(R 10 ) 4- , and R 10 may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a fluorinated alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group.

作為相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況,可包含於具有重複單元的聚合物的一部分中,亦可包含於分子量為2000以下的所謂低分子化合物中。於低分子化合物的情況下,可例示與陰離子部位一併包含烷基、芳基及交聯性基的至少1種的態樣。本發明中,特佳為相對陰離子包含於含有交聯性基的化合物中的態樣、以及相對陰離子包含於重複單元中的態樣,更佳為相對陰離子包含於重複單元中的態樣。 The case where the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound may be contained in a part of the polymer having a repeating unit, or may be contained in a so-called low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the case of a low molecular weight compound, at least one of an alkyl group, an aryl group and a crosslinkable group is contained together with an anion site. In the present invention, a state in which the relative anion is contained in the compound having a crosslinkable group and a state in which the relative anion is contained in the repeating unit is more preferable, and a state in which the relative anion is contained in the repeating unit is more preferable.

於相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況下,陰離子部較佳為選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、下述通式(A1)所表示的結構以及下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少1種。 When the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound, the anion portion is preferably selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , a structure represented by the following formula (A1), and the following At least one of the structures represented by the formula (A2).

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-。) (In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-.)

通式(A1)中,較佳為R1及R2的至少1個表示-SO2-,更佳 為R1及R2這兩者表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A1), preferably at least R 1 and R 2 represents an -SO 2 -, more preferably represents 2 both R 1 and R -SO 2 -.

所述通式(A1)更佳為由下述通式(A1-1)所表示。 The above formula (A1) is more preferably represented by the following formula (A1-1).

(通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-;X1及X2分別獨立地表示伸烷基或者伸芳基。) (In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an alkylene group or an extended aryl group.)

通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2與通式(A1)中的R1及R2含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (A1-1), the same as R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (A1) in the meaning of R 1 and R 2, preferred ranges are also the same.

於X1表示伸烷基的情況下,伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。於X1表示伸芳基的情況下,伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,尤佳為6。於X1具有取代基的情況下,較佳為經氟原子所取代。 In the case where X 1 represents an alkylene group, the carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6. In the case where X 1 represents an aryl group, the carbon number of the extended aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6. In the case where X 1 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

X2表示烷基或芳基,較佳為烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6,尤佳為1~3,特佳為1。於X2具有取代基的情況下,較佳為經氟原子所取代。 X 2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferably from 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1. In the case where X 2 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

通式(A2)[化15] General formula (A2) [Chemical 15]

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。) (In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.)

通式(A2)中,較佳為R3~R5的至少1個表示-SO2-,更佳為R3~R5的至少2個表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A2), preferably represents at least one of R 3 ~ R 5 is -SO 2 -, more preferably at least 2 of R 3 ~ R 5 represents -SO 2 -.

相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況下的具體例為R-SO3 -、R-COO-或R-PO4 -,亦可例示R為鹵素原子、可經鹵素原子所取代的烷基、可經鹵素原子所取代的芳基的情況。 Specific examples of the case where the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound are R-SO 3 - , R-COO - or R-PO 4 - , and an alkyl group in which R is a halogen atom and can be substituted by a halogen atom is also exemplified. The case of an aryl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom.

另外,包含所述通式(A1)所表示的基團的化合物的具體例可例示:R1與鹵素原子、可經鹵素原子所取代的烷基、可經鹵素原子所取代的芳基進行鍵結的化合物。 Further, specific examples of the compound containing the group represented by the above formula (A1) include R 1 and a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, and an aryl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom. The compound of the knot.

另外,包含所述通式(A2)所表示的基團的化合物的具體例可例示:R4及R5分別為鹵素原子、可經鹵素原子所取代的烷基、可經鹵素原子所取代的芳基的情況。 Further, specific examples of the compound containing the group represented by the above formula (A2) can be exemplified by the fact that R 4 and R 5 are each a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, or a halogen atom. The case of aryl.

特佳為以下的態樣。為包含通式(A1-1)所表示的基團的化合物,且通式(A1-1)中的R1及R2表示-SO2-,X1及X2的至少一者表示伸烷基或者伸芳基的態樣。為包含通式(A2)所表示的基團的化合物,且通式(A2)中的R4及R5與經鹵素原子所取代的烷基進行鍵結的態樣。-PO4 --SO3 -作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的態樣。氯陰離子、氰化物離子、BF4-或者PF6-The best is the following. Is a compound containing a group represented by the formula (A1-1), and R 1 and R 2 in the formula (A1-1) represent -SO 2 -, at least one of X 1 and X 2 represents a stretched alkyl group. The basis of the base or the aryl group. It is a compound containing a group represented by the formula (A2), and a state in which R 4 and R 5 in the formula (A2) are bonded to an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom. -PO 4 - or - SO 3 - is included as part of the structure of the compound. Chloride anion, cyanide ion, BF 4- or PF 6- .

其他的相對陰離子的具體例可列舉以下例子,但本發明並不限定於該些例子。本說明書中,將以下其他的相對陰離子的具體例稱為「相對陰離子A」。 Specific examples of the other relative anions include the following examples, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. In the present specification, a specific example of the following other relative anions is referred to as "relative anion A".

以下,對相對陰離子包含於含有交聯性基的化合物中的情況、相對陰離子包含於重複單元中的情況進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the case where the relative anion is contained in the compound containing a crosslinkable group and the case where the relative anion is contained in the repeating unit will be described in detail.

交聯性基可列舉可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的交聯性基,與所述三芳基甲烷結構所具有的交聯性基含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The crosslinkable group may be a crosslinkable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat, and has the same meaning as the crosslinkable group of the triarylmethane structure, and the preferred range is also the same.

含有交聯性基的化合物中的交聯性基的數量較佳為1~3,更佳為1。 The number of the crosslinkable groups in the compound having a crosslinkable group is preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

另外,交聯性基與相對陰離子之間可直接鍵結,亦可經由連結基而鍵結,但較佳為經由連結基而鍵結。 Further, the crosslinkable group and the counter anion may be directly bonded to each other or may be bonded via a linking group, but it is preferably bonded via a linking group.

相對陰離子包含於含有交聯性基的化合物中的情況下的具體例較佳為由下述通式(B)所表示。 The specific example in the case where the relative anion is contained in the compound containing a crosslinkable group is preferably represented by the following formula (B).

(通式(B)中,P表示交聯性基;L表示單鍵或者2價連結基;陰離子(anion)表示所述相對陰離子。) (In the formula (B), P represents a crosslinkable group; L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; and an anion represents the relative anion.)

通式(B)中,P表示交聯性基,可列舉所述交聯性基。 In the general formula (B), P represents a crosslinkable group, and the crosslinkable group is exemplified.

通式(B)中,於L表示2價連結基的情況下,較佳為:碳數1~30的伸烷基(例如:亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO-、-SO2-以及將該些基團組合2個以上而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者雜環基。 In the general formula (B), when L represents a divalent linking group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a trimethylene group, a propyl group, or the like) is preferable. Butyl, etc.), a aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linkage group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-, -NR- -CONR-, -OC-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and a linking group in which two or more of these groups are combined. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

連結基特佳為將碳數1~10的伸烷基(較佳為-(CH2)n-(n為1~10的整數)、碳數6~12的伸芳基(較佳為伸苯基、萘基)、-NH-、-CO-、-O-及-SO2-組合2個以上而成的連結基。 The linker is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably -(CH 2 )n- (n is an integer of 1 to 10) and an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably stretching) A linking group in which two or more of phenyl, naphthyl), -NH-, -CO-, -O-, and -SO 2 - are combined.

<<其他官能基>> <<Other functional groups>>

於相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況下,亦可具有交聯性基以外的其他官能基。其他官能基可列舉所述具有包含陽離子的三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元中所說明的其他官能基,較佳例亦含義相同。於相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況下,化合物中的聚合性基的數量較佳為1~3,更佳為1。 When the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound, it may have another functional group other than the crosslinkable group. Other functional groups include the other functional groups described in the repeating unit having a triarylmethane structure containing a cation, and preferred examples have the same meanings. In the case where the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound, the number of the polymerizable groups in the compound is preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

於相對陰離子作為化合物的結構的一部分而包含的情況下,化合物中的酸基的數量較佳為1~3,更佳為1。 In the case where the relative anion is contained as a part of the structure of the compound, the number of the acid groups in the compound is preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

以下示出相對陰離子包含於含有交聯性基的化合物中的情況下的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些例子。 Specific examples of the case where the relative anion is contained in the compound containing a crosslinkable group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

含有交聯性基的化合物的分子量較佳為200~2000,更 佳為200~500。 The molecular weight of the compound having a crosslinkable group is preferably from 200 to 2,000, more Good for 200~500.

於相對陰離子包含於重複單元中的情況(以下亦稱為陰離子多聚體)下,可於側鏈上具有相對陰離子,亦可於主鏈上具有相對陰離子,亦可於主鏈以及側鏈這兩者上具有相對陰離子。 In the case where the relative anion is contained in the repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as an anionic polymer), it may have a relative anion in the side chain, or may have a relative anion in the main chain, or may be in the main chain as well as the side chain. Both have a relative anion.

陰離子多聚體較佳為由下述通式(C)及/或下述通式(D)所表示。 The anionic polymer is preferably represented by the following formula (C) and/or the following formula (D).

(通式(C)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈;L1表示單鍵或者2價連結基;陰離子(anion)表示所述相對陰離子。) (In the general formula (C), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; and an anion represents the relative anion.)

通式(C)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈,通常表示藉由聚合反應而形成的連結基,例如較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系、苯乙烯系、乙烯基系等。此外,2個*所表示的部位成為重複單元。 In the general formula (C), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, and usually represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction, and is preferably, for example, a (meth)acrylic acid, a styrene-based or a vinyl-based one. Further, the two parts indicated by * are the repeating units.

於L1表示2價連結基的情況下,較佳為:碳數1~30的伸烷基(亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的伸芳基(伸苯基、伸萘基等)、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO-、-SO2- 以及將該些基團組合2個以上而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或者雜環基。 When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (methylene group, ethylidene group, trimethylene group, propyl group, butyl group, etc.), carbon number 6~30 of aryl (phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), heterocyclic linkage, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-, - NR-, -CONR-, -OC-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and a linking group obtained by combining two or more of these groups. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

L1特佳為單鍵或者將碳數1~10的伸烷基(較佳為-(CH2)n-(n為5~10的整數)、碳數6~12的伸芳基(較佳為伸苯基、伸萘基)、-NH-、-CO2-、-O-及-SO2-組合2個以上而成的2價連結基。 L 1 is particularly preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 (preferably -(CH 2 )n- (n is an integer of 5 to 10) and a aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12 (more) A divalent linking group in which two or more of a combination of a phenyl group and an anthranyl group, -NH-, -CO 2 -, -O-, and -SO 2 - are combined.

X1及L1的組合的具體例可列舉下述(XX-1)~(X-30),但本發明並不限定於該些例子。此外,陰離子多聚體在(XX-1)~(X-30)中的由*所示的部位與所述相對陰離子連結。 Specific examples of the combination of X 1 and L 1 include the following (XX-1) to (X-30), but the present invention is not limited to these examples. Further, the anionic polymer is bonded to the relative anion at a portion indicated by * in (XX-1) to (X-30).

[化21] [Chem. 21]

另外,X1及L1的組合的具體例亦較佳為以下例子。下 述具體例中,n表示1~9的整數。另外,表示在由*所示的部位與所述相對陰離子連結。 Further, specific examples of the combination of X 1 and L 1 are also preferably the following examples. In the following specific examples, n represents an integer of 1 to 9. Further, it is shown that the relative anion is bonded to a portion indicated by *.

(通式(D)中,L2及L3分別獨立地表示單鍵或者2價連結 基;陰離子(anion)表示所述相對陰離子。) (In the general formula (D), L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group; and an anion represents the relative anion.)

通式(D)中,於L2及L3表示2價連結基的情況下,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-以及將該些基團組合2個以上而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或者雜環基。 In the general formula (D), when L 2 and L 3 represent a divalent linking group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, and -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and A linking group obtained by combining two or more of these groups. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

L2較佳為碳數6~12的伸芳基(特佳為伸苯基)。碳數6~30的伸芳基較佳為經氟原子所取代。 L 2 is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (particularly a phenyl group). The aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably substituted by a fluorine atom.

L3較佳為包含碳數6~12的伸芳基(特佳為伸苯基)與-O-的組合的基團,較佳為至少1種碳數6~12的伸芳基經氟原子所取代。 L 3 is preferably a group containing a combination of a aryl group (preferably a phenyl group) having a carbon number of 6 to 12 and -O-, and preferably at least one exoaryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12 is fluorine. Replaced by atoms.

形成陰離子多聚體的高分子可較佳地使用僅由具有交聯性基的染料化合物成分構成的均聚物(單獨聚合物),亦可較佳地使用與其他聚合性化合物的共聚物(共聚合物),更佳為均聚物(單獨聚合物)。 As the polymer forming the anionic polymer, a homopolymer (separate polymer) composed only of a dye compound component having a crosslinkable group can be preferably used, and a copolymer with other polymerizable compound can also be preferably used ( Copolymer), more preferably a homopolymer (separate polymer).

陰離子多聚體的分子量較佳為重量平均分子量為3,000~30,000且分子量分佈以Mw/Mn計為0.8~3.0,更佳為重量平均分子量為5,000~20,000且分子量分佈以Mw/Mn計為1~2.5。 The molecular weight of the anionic polymer is preferably from 3,000 to 30,000 by weight average molecular weight and from 0.8 to 3.0 in terms of Mw/Mn, more preferably from 5,000 to 20,000 by weight average molecular weight and from 1 to Mw/Mn. 2.5.

於形成陰離子多聚體的情況下,可添加鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑較佳為烷基硫醇,較佳為碳數10以下的烷基硫醇或者經醚基.酯基所取代的烷基硫醇。尤其更佳為logP值為5以下的烷基硫醇。 In the case of forming an anionic multimer, a chain transfer agent may be added. The chain transfer agent is preferably an alkyl mercaptan, preferably an alkyl mercaptan having a carbon number of 10 or less or an ether group. An alkylthiol substituted with an ester group. More preferably, it is an alkylthiol having a logP value of 5 or less.

陰離子多聚體中所含的陰離子多聚體的原料即具有交聯性基 的陰離子單體化合物的量較佳為5%以下,更佳為1%以下。 The raw material of the anionic polymer contained in the anionic polymer has a crosslinkable group The amount of the anionic monomer compound is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 1% or less.

陰離子多聚體中所含的鹵素離子含量較佳為10ppm~3000ppm以下,更佳為10ppm~2000ppm,尤佳為10ppm~1000ppm。 The content of the halogen ion contained in the anionic polymer is preferably from 10 ppm to 3,000 ppm, more preferably from 10 ppm to 2,000 ppm, even more preferably from 10 ppm to 1,000 ppm.

以下示出陰離子多聚體的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些例子。 Specific examples of the anionic polymer are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

以下的具體例表示陰離子結構未分離的狀態,陰離子結構分離的狀態當然亦在本發明的範圍內。 The following specific examples show a state in which the anion structure is not separated, and the state in which the anion structure is separated is of course within the scope of the present invention.

[化27] [化27]

[化28] [化28]

於相對陰離子為高分子的情況下,亦可具有其他重複單元。 In the case where the relative anion is a polymer, it may have other repeating units.

於相對陰離子含有陰離子多聚體的情況下,相對於本發明中使用的著色劑中的全部重複單元100莫耳,陰離子多聚體的量較佳為1莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~30莫耳。 In the case where the relative anion contains an anionic multimer, the amount of the anionic polymer is preferably from 1 mol to 50 mol, more preferably from 1 mol to 50 mol, based on all the repeating units of the coloring agent used in the present invention. 10 moles ~ 30 moles.

另外,於陰離子多聚體更含有具有聚合性基的重複單元的情況下,相對於全部重複單元100莫耳,所述具有聚合性基的重複單元例如較佳為10莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~30莫耳。 Further, in the case where the anionic polymer further contains a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, the repeating unit having a polymerizable group is preferably, for example, 10 mol to 50 mol, per 100 mol of all repeating units. More preferably 10 moles to 30 moles.

具有聚合性基的重複單元可列舉如以下所述的具體例。但,本發明並不限定於該些例子。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group are as described below. However, the invention is not limited to the examples.

[化30] [化30]

[化32] [化32]

於陰離子多聚體更含有具有酸基的重複單元的情況下,相對於全部重複單元100莫耳,含有具有酸基的重複單元的重複單元的比例例如較佳為10莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~30莫耳。 In the case where the anionic polymer further contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the proportion of the repeating unit having a repeating unit having an acid group is preferably, for example, 10 mol to 50 mol, relative to 100 mol of all repeating units. More preferably 10 moles to 30 moles.

除此以外,亦可包含具有以下官能基的重複單元:內酯、酸酐、醯胺、-COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等官能基。 In addition to this, a repeating unit having a functional group: a lactone, an acid anhydride, a decylamine, a -COCH 2 CO-, a cyano group or the like, a development promoting group, a long chain and a cyclic alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group may be further included. A functional group such as a polyhydric alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimide group, or an amine group or the like.

以下示出其他重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 Specific examples of other repeating units are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化33] [化33]

<<著色劑的具體例>> <<Specific example of coloring agent>>

以下示出本發明中使用的第1實施形態的著色劑的具體例,但並不限定於該些例子。 Specific examples of the coloring agent of the first embodiment used in the present invention are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.

下述化合物中(D-21)的具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構僅存在與相對陰離子的重複單元相當的數量。 Among the following compounds, the triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less in (D-21) has only a number equivalent to a repeating unit of a relative anion.

[化34] [化34]

[化35] [化35]

著色劑的第2實施形態 Second embodiment of coloring agent

著色劑的第2實施形態較佳為具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構由通式(TP1A)或者通式(TP2A)所表示。 In the second embodiment of the coloring agent, a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is preferably represented by the formula (TP1A) or the formula (TP2A).

[化36] [化36]

(通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少1個可經通式(P)所取代。) (In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 are each independently represented. a substituent; Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a, b, and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, two of Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 , and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring; Rtp 1 ~ Any one of Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a crosslinkable group; at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 may be substituted by the general formula (P).

(通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或者2價連結基,X1選自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、包含下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基團以及包含下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基團中的至少1種中。 (In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X 1 is selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , and includes a structure represented by the following formula (A1) At least one of a group and a group containing a structure represented by the following formula (A2).

通式(A1) General formula (A1)

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-。) (In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-.)

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。) (In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.)

通式(TP1A)及通式(TP2A)中,除了Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少1個可經通式(P)所取代的方面以外,與所述第1實施形態的具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (TP1A) and the general formula (TP2A), in addition to the fact that at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 can be substituted by the general formula (P), The triarylmethane having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less has the same structural meaning, and the preferred range is also the same.

通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或者2價連結基。於L表示2價連結基的情況下,較佳為以下列舉的基團的至少1個氫原子經X1所取代的2價連結基。 In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When L represents a divalent linking group, a divalent linking group in which at least one hydrogen atom of the group exemplified below is substituted with X 1 is preferred.

烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷基氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、 胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基或者雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基、醚基、硫醚基。 Alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic, carboxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, amine Oxyloxy, Amine (including alkylamino, anilino), mercaptoamine, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonyl Amino or arylsulfonylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkyl Sulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, aryl or heterocyclic azo, quinone imine, phosphino, phosphinyl, oxygen Phosphonooxy, phosphinylamino, decyl, ether, thioether.

烷基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基,例如較佳為自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、2-氯乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-乙基己基中去除1個氫而成的2價烷基。為了使該些烷基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, or 2 a divalent alkyl group obtained by removing one hydrogen from a chloroethyl group, a 2-cyanoethyl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group. In order to make the alkyl groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

環烷基較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烷基。例如可列舉環己基、環戊基。另外,亦可列舉多環烷基,例如雙環烷基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烷基,例如:雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基)或三環烷基等多環結構的基團。較佳為單環的環烷基、雙環烷基,特佳為單環的環烷基。為了使該些環烷基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The cycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. For example, a cyclohexyl group and a cyclopentyl group are mentioned. Further, a polycycloalkyl group such as a bicycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, bicyclo[1,2,2]heptane-2- is also exemplified. a group having a polycyclic structure such as a bicyclo[2,2,2]octane-3-yl) group or a tricycloalkyl group. Preferred is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and particularly preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group. In order to make the cycloalkyl group divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

烯基可為直鏈狀,亦可為分支狀。烯基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烯基。例如特佳為乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基、香葉草基、油烯基。為了使該些烯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkenyl group may be linear or branched. The alkenyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. For example, it is preferably a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoprenyl group, a geranyl group or an oleyl group. In order to make the alkenyl groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

環烯基較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烯基。例 如可列舉2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基;多環烯基,例如雙環烯基,較佳為碳數5~30的雙環烯基,例如為雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛-2-烯-4-基或三環烯基,特佳為單環的環烯基。為了使該些環烯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The cycloalkenyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. For example, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl; polycycloalkenyl, such as bicycloalkenyl, preferably a bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, a bicyclo ring [ 2,2,1]hept-2-en-1-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl or tricycloalkenyl, particularly preferably a monocyclic cycloalkenyl group. In order to make these cycloalkenyl groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

炔基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基,例如較佳為乙炔基、炔丙基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基。為了使該些炔基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, an ethynyl group, a propargyl group or a trimethyldecylalkylethynyl group. In order to make the alkynyl groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

芳基較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基。例如較佳為苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六醯基胺基苯基。為了使該些芳基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. For example, a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, a m-chlorophenyl group or an o-hexadecanylaminophenyl group is preferable. In order to make the aryl groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

雜環基較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基。更佳為環構成原子選自碳原子、氮原子及硫原子中,且具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子及硫原子中的任一種雜原子的雜環基,尤佳為碳數3~30的5員或6員的芳香族雜環基。例如較佳為2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-吡啶基、4-吡啶基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基。為了使該些雜環基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The heterocyclic group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members. More preferably, the ring constitutes a heterocyclic group in which the atom is selected from a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom, and has at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30. 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic groups. For example, 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl is preferred. In order to make these heterocyclic groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

烷氧基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基,例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基。為了使該些烷氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a third butoxy group or a n-octyloxy group. 2-methoxyethoxy. In order to make the alkoxy groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

芳氧基較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧 基,例如較佳為苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、2,4-二-第三戊基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四醯基胺基苯氧基。為了使該些芳氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, or a 2,4-di-p-pentylbenzene. Oxyl, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetradecylaminophenoxy. In order to make these aryloxy groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

矽烷基氧基較佳為碳數3~20的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基氧基,例如較佳為三甲基矽烷基氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基氧基。為了使該些矽烷基氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The decyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted decyloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a trimethyl decyloxy group or a tert-butyldimethyl decyloxy group. In order to make these decyloxy groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

雜環氧基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基。雜環雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如較佳為1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃基氧基。為了使該些雜環氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. The heterocyclic heterocyclic ring is preferably the heterocyclic ring described in the heterocyclic group, and is preferably, for example, 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxy or 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy. In order to make these heterocyclic oxy groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

醯氧基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基氧基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基氧基,例如較佳為甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰基氧基。為了使該些醯氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The decyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, formazan. Oxyl, ethoxylated, trimethylethenyloxy, stearyloxy, benzhydryloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy. In order to make these decyloxy groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

胺甲醯氧基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基,例如較佳為N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰基氧基、N,N-二-正辛基胺基羰基氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基。為了使該些醯氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The amine methyl methoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy group, N,N-diethyl group. Alkylmethyl methoxy, morpholinylcarbonyloxy, N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, N-n-octylamine methoxycarbonyl. In order to make these decyloxy groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

烷氧基羰基氧基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基氧基,例如較佳為甲氧基羰基氧基、乙氧基羰基氧基、第三丁氧基羰基氧基、正辛基羰基氧基。為了使該些烷氧基羰基 氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group or a third group. Oxycarbonyloxy, n-octylcarbonyloxy. In order to make these alkoxycarbonyloxy groups divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

芳氧基羰基氧基較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基氧基,例如較佳為苯氧基羰基氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰基氧基、對正十六烷基氧基苯氧基羰基氧基。為了使該些芳氧基羰基氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a phenoxycarbonyloxy group or a p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group. , n-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy. In order to make the aryloxycarbonyloxy group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

胺基較佳為胺基、碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基、碳數0~30的雜環胺基,例如較佳為胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、N-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基胺基。為了使該些胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The amine group is preferably an amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 0 to 30. A heterocyclic amino group, for example, preferably an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, an N-1,3,5-triazine -2-ylamino group. In order to make these amine groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

醯基胺基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基,例如較佳為甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基。為了使該些醯基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The mercaptoamine group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, preferably A. Mercaptoamine, etidylamino, trimethylethenylamine, laurylamine, benzhydrylamine, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxycarbonylcarbonyl . In order to make these mercaptoamine groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

胺基羰基胺基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基,例如較佳為胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基。為了使該些胺基羰基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aminocarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, an amine formazanyl group or an N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group. , N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, morpholinylcarbonylamino. In order to make the aminocarbonylamino group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

烷氧基羰基胺基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如較佳為甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷基氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲 氧基羰基胺基。為了使該些烷氧基羰基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group or a third group. Oxycarbonylamino group, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group. In order to make these alkoxycarbonylamino groups divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

芳氧基羰基胺基較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如較佳為苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧基羰基胺基。為了使該些芳氧基羰基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group or the like. N-octyloxyphenoxycarbonylamino group. In order to make the aryloxycarbonylamino group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

胺磺醯基胺基較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基,例如較佳為胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛基胺基磺醯基胺基。為了使該些胺磺醯基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aminesulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, and is preferably, for example, an aminesulfonylamino group or an N,N-dimethylaminosulfonyl group. Mercaptoamine, N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino. In order to make these aminesulfonylamino groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基。例如較佳為甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基。為了使該些烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6 to 30. Substituted arylsulfonylamino group. For example, preferred is methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methylphenylsulfonate. Mercaptoamine group. In order to make the alkylsulfonylamino group or the arylsulfonylamino group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

烷基硫基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基硫基,例如較佳為甲基硫基、乙基硫基、正十六烷基硫基。為了使該些烷基硫基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group or a n-hexadecylthio group. In order to make the alkylthio groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

芳基硫基較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基硫基,例如較佳為苯基硫基、對氯苯基硫基、間甲氧基苯基硫基。為了使該些烷基硫基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group or a m-methoxyphenylthio group. In order to make the alkylthio groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

雜環硫基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基,雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如較佳為2-苯并噻唑基硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-基硫基。為了使該些雜環硫基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The heterocyclic thio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and the heterocyclic ring portion is preferably a heterocyclic ring described in the heterocyclic group, and is preferably 2- Benzothiazolylthio, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio. In order to make the heterocyclic thio groups divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

胺磺醯基較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,例如較佳為N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷基氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基。為了使該些胺磺醯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The sulfonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, and is preferably, for example, N-ethylaminesulfonyl, N-(3-dodecyloxypropane). Amine sulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl, N-acetyl sulfonyl sulfonyl, N-benzamide sulfonyl, N-(N'-phenylamine A Amidoxime. In order to make these amine sulfonyl groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如較佳為甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基。為了使該些烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. The sulfinyl group is, for example, preferably a methylsulfinyl group, an ethylsulfinyl group, a phenylsulfinyl group or a p-methylphenylsulfinyl group. In order to make the alkylsulfinylene or arylsulfinylene group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,例如較佳為甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基。為了使該些烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. The group is preferably, for example, a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group or a p-methylphenylsulfonyl group. In order to make the alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

醯基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基、碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,例如較佳為乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對正 辛氧基苯基羰基。為了使該些醯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The mercapto group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, an ethyl fluorenyl group or a trimethyl group. Ethyl, 2-chloroethyl, stearyl, benzhydryl, p-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl. In order to make these thiol groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

芳氧基羰基較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基,例如較佳為苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對第三丁基苯氧基羰基。為了使該些芳氧基羰基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, a m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, or a pair. Third butyl phenoxycarbonyl. In order to make the aryloxycarbonyl group divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

烷氧基羰基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基,例如較佳為甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷基氧基羰基。為了使該些烷氧基羰基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a third butoxycarbonyl group, or n-octadecane. Alkoxycarbonyl group. In order to make the alkoxycarbonyl groups divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

胺甲醯基較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,例如胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基。為了使該些胺甲醯基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The amine mercapto group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an amine methyl sulfonyl group, an N-methyl amine methyl fluorenyl group, and an N,N-dimethylamine formazan group. Base, N,N-di-n-octylaminecarbamyl, N-(methylsulfonyl)aminecarbamyl. In order to make the amine mercapto group divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

芳基偶氮基或者雜環偶氮基較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基偶氮基、碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環偶氮基(雜環部較佳為所述雜環基中所說明的雜環部)。例如較佳為苯基偶氮、對氯苯基偶氮、5-乙基硫基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-基偶氮。為了使該些芳基偶氮基或者雜環偶氮基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The arylazo or heterocyclic azo group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. The base (heterocyclic moiety is preferably the heterocyclic moiety described in the heterocyclic group). For example, phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-ethylsulfanyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo is preferred. In order to make the arylazo or heterocyclic azo groups divalent, X 1 may be introduced to any position.

醯亞胺基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的醯亞胺基,例如較佳為N-丁二醯亞胺、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基。為了使 該些醯亞胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The quinone imine group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted quinone imine group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, N-butylenedimine or N-phthalimido group. In order to make these quinone imine groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

膦基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的膦基,例如較佳為二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基。為了使該些膦基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The phosphino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group or a methylphenoxyphosphino group. In order to make the phosphine groups divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

氧膦基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基,例如較佳為氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基。為了使該些氧膦基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group or a diethoxyphosphinyl group. In order to make the phosphinyl group divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

氧膦基氧基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基,例如較佳為二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基。為了使該些氧膦基氧基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group or a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group. . In order to make the phosphinyloxy group divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

氧膦基胺基較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基,例如較佳為二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲基胺基氧膦基胺基。為了使該些氧膦基胺基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably, for example, dimethoxyphosphinylamino group or dimethylaminophosphinylamine. base. In order to make the phosphinylamino group divalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

矽烷基較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基,例如可列舉三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基。為了使該些矽烷基成為2價,X1可導入至任一位置。 The fluorenyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a trimethyl decyl group, a tert-butyl dimethyl decyl group, and a phenyl dimethyl decyl group. In order to make these decyl groups bivalent, X 1 can be introduced to any position.

另外,於L表示2價連結基的情況下,較佳為表示-NR10-、-O-、-SO2-、氟取代伸烷基、氟取代伸苯基或者包含該些基團的組合的基團。特佳為:包含-NR10-、-SO2及氟取代伸烷基的組合的基團、包含-O-及氟取代伸苯基的組合的基團、或者包含-NR10-、-SO2及氟取代伸烷基的組合的基團。 Further, in the case where L represents a divalent linking group, preferably represents -NR 10 -, - O -, - SO 2 -, fluoro-substituted alkylene, fluoro-substituted phenylene or a combination comprising the plurality of groups Group. Particularly preferred are: a group comprising a combination of -NR 10 -, -SO 2 and a fluorine-substituted alkylene group, a group comprising a combination of -O- and a fluorine-substituted phenylene group, or -NR 10 -, -SO 2 and a combination of a fluorine-substituted alkylene group.

-NR10-中,R10表示氫原子或者碳數1~5的烷基,較佳為氫原 子。 In -NR 10 -, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom.

氟取代伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,尤佳為1~3。該些伸烷基更佳為全氟伸烷基。氟取代伸烷基的具體例可列舉二氟亞甲基、四氟伸乙基、六氟伸丙基等。 The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably from 1 to 3. More preferably, the alkylene group is a perfluoroalkylene group. Specific examples of the fluorine-substituted alkylene group include a difluoromethylene group, a tetrafluoroextension ethyl group, and a hexafluoroextension propyl group.

氟取代伸苯基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~14,尤佳為6~10。氟取代伸苯基的具體例可列舉四氟伸苯基、六氟-1-伸萘基、六氟-2-伸萘基等。 The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted phenylene group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 14, more preferably from 6 to 10. Specific examples of the fluorine-substituted phenylene group include a tetrafluorophenylene group, a hexafluoro-1-naphthyl group, and a hexafluoro-2-naphthyl group.

通式(P)中,X1為相對陰離子,較佳為選自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、包含通式(A1)所表示的結構的基團及包含通式(A2)所表示的結構的基團中的至少1種中。此處,通式(A1)所表示的結構及通式(A2)所表示的結構與所述第1實施形態中所說明者含義相同。 In the formula (P), X 1 is a relative anion, preferably selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , a group comprising a structure represented by the formula (A1), and a general formula At least one of the groups of the structure represented by (A2). Here, the structure represented by the general formula (A1) and the structure represented by the general formula (A2) have the same meanings as those described in the first embodiment.

包含通式(A1)所表示的結構的基團較佳為於所述通式(A1)中,於R1及R2的其中一者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R1及R2其中一者直接與氟取代烷基鍵結。氟取代烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,尤佳為1~3,進而更佳為1或2,特佳為1。該些烷基更佳為全氟烷基。氟取代烷基的具體例較佳為三氟甲基。 Including the general formula (A1) a group represented by the structure is preferably in the general formula (A1), wherein one end of the R 1 and R 2 having fluorine-substituted alkyl group, more preferably R 1 and One of R 2 is directly bonded to a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The fluorine-substituted alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 carbon atom. More preferably, the alkyl group is a perfluoroalkyl group. A specific example of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

包含通式(A2)所表示的結構的基團較佳為於所述通式(A2)中,於R3~R5的至少任一者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R3~R5的至少2者直接與氟取代烷基鍵結。特佳為於R3~R5的至少2者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R3~R5的至少2者直接與氟取代烷基鍵結。氟取代烷基與包含通式(A1)所表示的結構的基 團中所說明者含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The group containing the structure represented by the formula (A2) is preferably a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the terminal of at least one of R 3 to R 5 in the formula (A2), more preferably R 3 . At least two of ~R 5 are directly bonded to a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. It is particularly preferred that at least two of R 3 to R 5 have a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the terminal, and more preferably at least two of R 3 to R 5 are directly bonded to a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The fluorine-substituted alkyl group has the same meaning as that described in the group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A1), and the preferred range is also the same.

除此以外,X1的具體例可列舉所述相對陰離子A。該情況下,構成相對陰離子A的任1個氫原子或者鹵素原子與通式(P)中的L鍵結。 In addition to the above, specific examples of X 1 include the above-mentioned relative anion A. In this case, any one of the hydrogen atoms or the halogen atom constituting the counter anion A is bonded to L in the formula (P).

具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構於通式(TP1A)及通式(TP2A)中,可於Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基,且該具有交聯性基的Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者可進而經通式(P)所取代。 The triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is in the formula (TP1A) and the formula (TP2A), and may have any of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 . A crosslinkable group, and any of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 having a crosslinkable group may be further substituted by the formula (P).

另外,通式(TP1A)及通式(TP2A)中,經通式(P)所取代的部分可僅存在1處,亦可存在2處以上。於經通式(P)所取代的部分存在2處以上的情況下,著色劑中,除了三芳基甲烷結構中所含的陽離子以外,還存在與相對陰離子的數量相對應的數量的陽離子。 Further, in the general formula (TP1A) and the general formula (TP2A), the portion substituted by the general formula (P) may be present in only one place, or may be present in two or more places. In the case where there are two or more portions substituted by the general formula (P), in addition to the cations contained in the triarylmethane structure, the colorant has a number of cations corresponding to the amount of the relative anions.

以下,示出本發明中使用的第2實施形態的著色劑的具體例,但並不限定於該些例子。 Specific examples of the coloring agent of the second embodiment used in the present invention are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.

[化40] [化40]

[化41] [化41]

[化42] [化42]

[化43] [化43]

本發明中使用的三芳基甲烷染料可單獨含有1種或者組 合含有2種以上。 The triarylmethane dye used in the present invention may contain one type or group alone. It contains two or more types.

相對於本發明的著色組成物的全部固體成分,所述三芳基甲烷染料的含量較佳為10質量%~60質量%,更佳為10質量%~40質量%。 The content of the triarylmethane dye is preferably from 10% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored composition of the present invention.

<<其他著色化合物>> <<Other coloring compounds>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可包含1種或者2種以上的所述著色劑即三芳基甲烷染料以外的其他著色化合物。其他著色化合物可列舉染料化合物、顏料化合物以及該些化合物的分散物。 The colored composition of the present invention may contain one or two or more kinds of coloring compounds other than the triarylmethane dye. Other coloring compounds may be exemplified by dye compounds, pigment compounds, and dispersions of the compounds.

染料化合物只要是不對著色影像的色相帶來影響的化合物,則可為任一種結構,例如可列舉:偶氮系(例如溶劑黃162)、蒽醌系(例如日本專利特開2001-10881號公報中記載的蒽醌化合物)、酞菁系(例如美國專利2008/0076044A1中記載的酞菁化合物)、氧雜蒽系(例如C.I.酸性紅289(C.I.Acid.Red 289))、三芳基甲烷系(例如C.I.酸性藍7(C.I.Acid Blue 7)、C.I.酸性藍83(C.I.Acid Blue 83)、C.I.酸性藍90(C.I.Acid Blue 90)、C.I.溶劑藍38(C.I.Solvent Blue 38)、C.I.酸性紫17(C.I.Acid Violet 17)、C.I.酸性紫49(C.I.Acid Violet 49)、C.I.酸性綠3(C.I.Acid Green 3)、次甲基染料等。 The dye compound may be any compound as long as it does not affect the hue of the colored image, and examples thereof include an azo system (for example, Solvent Yellow 162) and a lanthanide system (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-10881) The ruthenium compound described in the above), the phthalocyanine system (for example, the phthalocyanine compound described in US Pat. No. 2008/0076044 A1), the xanthene system (for example, CI Acid Red 289), and the triarylmethane system ( For example, CI Acid Blue 7 (CIAcid Blue 83), CI Acid Blue 83 (CIAcid Blue 83), CI Acid Blue 90 (CIAcid Blue 38), CI Solvent Blue 38 (CI Solvent Blue 38), CI Acid Violet 17 ( CIAcid Violet 17), CI Acid Violet 49, CI Acid Green 3, methine dye, and the like.

顏料化合物可列舉:苝(perylene)、紫環酮(perinone)、喹吖啶酮(quinacridone)、喹吖啶酮醌(quinacridonequinone)、蒽醌、蒽嵌蒽醌(anthanthrone)、苯并咪唑酮(benzimidazolone)、雙偶氮(disazo)縮合、雙偶氮、偶氮、陰丹酮(indanthrone)、 酞菁、三芳基碳鎓(triaryl carbonium)、二噁嗪(dioxazine)、胺基蒽醌、二酮吡咯并吡咯(diketopyrrolopyrrole)、靛藍(indigo)、硫靛(thioindigo)、異吲哚啉(isoindoline)、異吲哚啉酮(isoindolinone)、皮蒽酮(pyranthrone)或者異紫蒽酮(isoviolanthrone)等。更詳細而言,例如可列舉:顏料紅190、顏料紅224、顏料紫29等苝化合物顏料,顏料橙43、或者顏料紅194等紫環酮化合物顏料,顏料紫19、顏料紫42、顏料紅122、顏料紅192、顏料紅202、顏料紅207、或者顏料紅209的喹吖啶酮化合物顏料,顏料紅206、顏料橙48、或者顏料橙49等喹吖啶酮醌化合物顏料,顏料黃147等蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料紅168等蒽嵌蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料棕25、顏料紫32、顏料橙36、顏料黃120、顏料黃180、顏料黃181、顏料橙62、或者顏料紅185等苯并咪唑酮化合物顏料,顏料黃93、顏料黃94、顏料黃95、顏料黃128、顏料黃166、顏料橙34、顏料橙13、顏料橙31、顏料紅144、顏料紅166、顏料紅220、顏料紅221、顏料紅242、顏料紅248、顏料紅262、或者顏料棕23等雙偶氮縮合化合物顏料,顏料黃13、顏料黃83、或者顏料黃188等雙偶氮化合物顏料,顏料紅187、顏料紅170、顏料黃74、顏料黃150、顏料紅48、顏料紅53、顏料橙64、或者顏料紅247等偶氮化合物顏料,顏料藍60等陰丹酮化合物顏料,顏料綠7、顏料綠36、顏料綠37、顏料綠58、顏料藍16、顏料藍75、或者顏料藍15等酞菁化合物顏料,顏料藍56、或者顏料藍61等三芳基碳鎓化合物顏料,顏料紫23、或者顏料紫 37等二噁嗪化合物顏料,顏料紅177等胺基蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料紅254、顏料紅255、顏料紅264、顏料紅272、顏料橙71、或者顏料橙73等二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料,顏料紅88等硫靛化合物顏料,顏料黃139、顏料橙66等異吲哚啉化合物顏料,顏料黃109、或者顏料橙61等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料,顏料橙40、或者顏料紅216等皮蒽酮化合物顏料,或者顏料紫31等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。 Examples of the pigment compound include perylene, perinone, quinacridone, quinacridonequinone, anthraquinone, anthanthrone, benzimidazolone ( Benzimidazolone), disazo condensation, disazo, azo, indanthrone, Phthalocyanine, triaryl carbonium, dioxazine, amidoxime, diketopyrrolopyrrole, indigo, thioindigo, isoindoline ), isoindolinone, pyranthrone or isoviolanthrone. More specifically, for example, an anthraquinone compound pigment such as Pigment Red 190, Pigment Red 224 or Pigment Violet 29, a pigment purple orange 43 or a pigment red 194 such as a purple ketone compound pigment, Pigment Violet 19, Pigment Violet 42, Pigment Red 122, Pigment Red 192, Pigment Red 202, Pigment Red 207, or quinacridone compound pigment of Pigment Red 209, Pigment Red 206, Pigment Orange 48, or quinacridone oxime compound pigment such as Pigment Orange 49, Pigment Yellow 147 Equivalent compound pigment, pigment red 168, etc. 蒽 蒽醌 compound pigment, pigment brown 25, pigment purple 32, pigment orange 36, pigment yellow 120, pigment yellow 180, pigment yellow 181, pigment orange 62, or pigment red 185, etc. Benzimidazolone compound pigment, pigment yellow 93, pigment yellow 94, pigment yellow 95, pigment yellow 128, pigment yellow 166, pigment orange 34, pigment orange 13, pigment orange 31, pigment red 144, pigment red 166, pigment red 220 Bismuth condensed compound pigment such as Pigment Red 221, Pigment Red 242, Pigment Red 248, Pigment Red 262, or Pigment Brown 23, bisazo compound pigment such as Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Yellow 83, or Pigment Yellow 188, Pigment Red 187, Pigment Red 170 Pigment yellow 74, pigment yellow 150, pigment red 48, pigment red 53, pigment orange 64, or pigment red 247 and other azo compound pigments, pigment blue 60 and other indanthrone compound pigments, pigment green 7, pigment green 36, pigment green 37, pigment green 58, pigment blue 16, pigment blue 75, or pigment blue 15 and other phthalocyanine compound pigment, pigment blue 56, or pigment blue 61 and other triaryl carbon hydrazine compound pigment, pigment purple 23, or pigment purple 37-dioxazine compound pigment, pigment red 177 and other amine ruthenium compound pigment, pigment red 254, pigment red 255, pigment red 264, pigment red 272, pigment orange 71, or pigment orange 73 and other diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds Pigment, pigment red 88 thioindole compound pigment, pigment yellow 139, pigment orange 66 and other isoporphyrin compound pigment, pigment yellow 109, or pigment orange 61 and other isoindolinone compound pigment, pigment orange 40, or pigment red a pipione compound pigment such as 216 or an isopurinone pigment such as Pigment Violet 31.

本發明中較佳為綠色至青色的有色材料,較佳為:顏料綠7、顏料綠36、顏料綠37、顏料綠58、顏料藍16、顏料藍75、或者顏料藍15等酞菁化合物顏料,顏料藍56、或者顏料藍61等三芳基碳鎓化合物顏料,顏料紫23、或者顏料紫37等二噁嗪化合物顏料,顏料紅177等胺基蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料紅254、顏料紅255、顏料紅264、顏料紅272、顏料橙71、或者顏料橙73等二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料,顏料紅88等硫靛化合物顏料,顏料黃139、顏料橙66等異吲哚啉化合物顏料,顏料黃109、或者顏料橙61等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料,顏料橙40、或者顏料紅216等皮蒽酮化合物顏料,或者顏料紫31等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。 In the present invention, a green to cyan colored material is preferable, and a phthalocyanine compound pigment such as Pigment Green 7, Pigment Green 36, Pigment Green 37, Pigment Green 58, Pigment Blue 16, Pigment Blue 75, or Pigment Blue 15 is preferable. , trifluorocarbon fluorene compound pigment such as pigment blue 56 or pigment blue 61, dioxazine compound pigment such as pigment violet 23 or pigment violet 37, amine hydrazine compound pigment such as pigment red 177, pigment red 254, pigment red 255 , pigment red 264, pigment red 272, pigment orange 71, or pigment orange 73 and other diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigments, pigment red 88 and other sulfonium compound pigments, pigment yellow 139, pigment orange 66 and other isoporphyrin compound pigments, An isoindolinone compound pigment such as Pigment Yellow 109 or Pigment Orange 61, a Pipione compound pigment such as Pigment Orange 40 or Pigment Red 216, or an isopurinone pigment such as Pigment Violet 31.

於調配所述染料或者顏料作為分散物的情況下,可依據日本專利特開平9-197118號公報、日本專利特開2000-239544號公報的記載進行調整。 In the case of blending the dye or the pigment as a dispersion, the adjustment can be carried out in accordance with the description of JP-A-H09-197118 and JP-A-2000-239544.

所述料或者顏料的含量可在不損及本發明效果的範圍內使用,相對於本發明的著色組成物的全部固體成分,較佳為0.5 質量%~70質量%。另外,較佳為以吸收強度比(450nm的吸收/650nm的吸收)成為0.95~1.05的範圍的方式添加於著色組成物中。 The content of the material or pigment can be used within the range not detracting from the effects of the present invention, and is preferably 0.5 with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present invention. Mass%~70% by mass. Moreover, it is preferable to add to the coloring composition so that the absorption intensity ratio (absorption of 450 nm / absorption of 650 nm) is in the range of 0.95 to 1.05.

<<聚合性化合物>> <<Polymerized compound>>

本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性化合物。聚合性化合物例如可列舉具有至少1個乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的加成聚合性化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound is, for example, an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond.

具體而言,選自具有至少1個、較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中。此種化合物組群為所述產業領域中廣為人知者,本發明中可無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些化合物可為例如單體,預聚物即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物,或者它們的混合物以及它們的(共)聚合物等化學形態的任一種。 Specifically, it is selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and these compounds can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. These compounds may be, for example, any of the chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, i.e., dimers, trimers, and oligomers, or mixtures thereof, and their (co)polymers.

單體及其(共)聚合物的例子可列舉:不飽和羧酸(例如:丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及它們的(共)聚合物,較佳為:不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、以及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多價胺化合物的醯胺類、以及它們的(共)聚合物。另外,亦適合使用具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或者環氧類的加成反應物,或與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或 者醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦適合。另外,作為其他例子,亦可代替所述不飽和羧酸而使用取代為不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯、乙烯基醚等的化合物組群。 Examples of the monomer and the (co)polymer thereof include an unsaturated carboxylic acid (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or an ester thereof. The guanamines and their (co)polymers are preferably: esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids with aliphatic polyol compounds, and guanamines of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyvalent amine compounds, and their (co)polymer. In addition, it is also suitable to use an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, or an addition reaction of a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy group, or a monofunctional group. Or a dehydration condensation reaction of a polyfunctional carboxylic acid or the like. Further, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group or an addition reaction product of a decylamine with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and further having a halogen An unsaturated carboxylic acid ester of a detachable substituent such as a sulfonyloxy group or Substituted reactants of guanamines with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable. Further, as another example, a compound group substituted with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like may be used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯的單體的具體例,丙烯酸酯例如可列舉:乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、四亞甲基二醇二丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己二醇二丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇五丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇六丙烯酸酯、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯寡聚物、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷(ethylene oxide,EO)改質三丙烯酸酯等。 Specific examples of the monomer of the ester of the aliphatic polyol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include, for example, ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, and 1,3-butylene glycol diacrylate. Ester, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene methoxypropyl) ether, Trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate Ester, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, tris(propylene oxyoxyethyl) An isocyanurate, a polyester acrylate oligomer, an ethylene oxide (EO) modified triacrylate, and the like.

另外,甲基丙烯酸酯例如可列舉:四亞甲基二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇 四甲基丙烯酸酯、雙[對(3-甲基丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]二甲基甲烷、雙-[對(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]二甲基甲烷等。 Further, examples of the methacrylate include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, and trimethylolpropane trimethyl. Acrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethyl Acrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol Tetramethacrylate, bis[p-(3-methylpropenyloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane, bis-[p-(methacryloxyethoxy)benzene Base] dimethylmethane and the like.

進而,衣康酸酯例如可列舉:乙二醇二衣康酸酯、丙二醇二衣康酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二衣康酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二衣康酸酯、四亞甲基二醇二衣康酸酯、季戊四醇二衣康酸酯、山梨糖醇四衣康酸酯等,另外,丁烯酸酯例如可列舉:乙二醇二丁烯酸酯、四亞甲基二醇二丁烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丁烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四二丁烯酸酯等,異丁烯酸酯例如可列舉:乙二醇二異丁烯酸酯、季戊四醇二異丁烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四異丁烯酸酯等,另外,順丁烯二酸酯例如可列舉:乙二醇二順丁烯二酸酯、三乙二醇二順丁烯二酸酯、季戊四醇二順丁烯二酸酯、山梨糖醇四順丁烯二酸酯等。 Further, examples of the itaconate include, for example, ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butylene glycol diitaconate, and 1,4-butanediol diitaconic acid. Ethyl ester, tetramethylene glycol bisitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate, sorbitol tetraconate, etc., and examples of the butenoate include ethylene glycol bisacrylate, Tetramethylene glycol methacrylate, pentaerythritol dibutenoate, sorbitol tetrabutyrate, etc., and methacrylates, for example, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate And sorbitol tetramethacrylate or the like, and examples of the maleic acid ester include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, and pentaerythritol di-n-butene. Diacid ester, sorbitol tetramaleate, and the like.

其他酯的例子例如亦可適合使用:日本專利特公昭51-47334號公報、日本專利特開昭57-196231號公報記載的脂肪族醇系酯類,日本專利特開昭59-5240號公報、日本專利特開昭59-5241號公報、日本專利特開平2-226149號公報記載的具有芳香族系骨架者,日本專利特開平1-165613號公報記載的含有胺基者等。進而,所述酯單體亦可用作混合物。 For example, an aliphatic alcohol-based ester described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 57-196231, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO 57-196231, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Further, the ester monomer can also be used as a mixture.

另外,使用異氰酸酯與羥基的加成反應來製造的胺基甲酸酯系加成聚合性化合物亦適合,此種具體例例如可列舉:日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報中記載的1分子中含有2個以上聚合性乙烯基的乙烯基胺基甲酸酯化合物等,其是於1分子具有2個以上異氰酸酯基的聚異氰酸酯化合物中加成下述通式(A)所表示 的含有羥基的乙烯基單體而成。 In addition, a urethane-based addition polymerizable compound produced by an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxyl group is also suitable, and a specific example thereof is exemplified in one molecule described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708. A vinyl urethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups, which is represented by the following general formula (A), in a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups per molecule Made of a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxyl group.

CH2=C(R)COOCH2CH(R')OH...(A) CH 2 =C(R)COOCH 2 CH(R')OH...(A)

[通式(A)中,R及R'分別獨立地表示H或CH3。] [In the general formula (A), R and R' each independently represent H or CH 3 . ]

另外,聚合性化合物亦較佳為:二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉德(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉德(KAYARAD)D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉德(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉德(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、以及該些化合物的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇、丙二醇殘基的結構。亦可使用該些化合物的寡聚物類型。 Further, the polymerizable compound is also preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. Manufactured by the company), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and (meth)acryloyl group of these compounds via B The structure of the diol and propylene glycol residues. Oligomer types of these compounds can also be used.

關於該些聚合性化合物,其結構、是單獨使用還是併用、添加量等使用方法的詳情可根據著色組成物的最終性能設計來任意地設定。例如,就感度的觀點而言,較佳為每1分子的不飽和基含量多的結構,於多數情況下較佳為2官能以上。另外,就提高著色硬化膜的強度的觀點而言,宜為3官能以上者,進而,藉由將不同官能數.不同聚合性基(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯化合物、乙烯基醚化合物)者併用來調節感度與強度這兩者的方法亦有效。另外,對於與著色組成物中所含的其他成分(例 如光聚合起始劑、著色劑(顏料)、黏合劑聚合物等)的相容性、分散性,聚合性化合物的選擇.使用法亦為重要的要因,例如,有時可藉由低純度化合物的使用或2種以上的併用來提高相容性。另外,就提高與基板等硬質表面的密接性的觀點而言,亦可選擇特定的結構。 Regarding the polymerizable compounds, the details of the structure, whether they are used singly or in combination, and the amount of addition can be arbitrarily set depending on the final performance design of the coloring composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a structure having a large content of unsaturated groups per molecule is preferable, and in many cases, it is preferably a bifunctional or higher. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the colored cured film, it is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional group, and further, by different functional numbers. Methods for adjusting both sensitivity and strength are also effective for different polymerizable groups (e.g., acrylates, methacrylates, styrene compounds, vinyl ether compounds). In addition, for other components contained in the colored composition (for example) Such as photopolymerization initiator, colorant (pigment), binder polymer, etc.) compatibility, dispersibility, choice of polymerizable compounds. The use method is also an important factor. For example, it may be used by low-purity compounds or two or more types to improve compatibility. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to a hard surface such as a substrate, a specific structure can be selected.

就更有效果地獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言,著色組成物的全部固體成分中的聚合性化合物的含量較佳為10質量%~80質量%,更佳為15質量%~75質量%,特佳為20質量%~60質量%。 From the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the present invention more effectively, the content of the polymerizable compound in all the solid components of the colored composition is preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 15% by mass to 75% by mass. , particularly preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅包含1種聚合性化合物,亦可包含2種以上。於包含2種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> <<Photopolymerization initiator>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有至少一種光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始劑只要是可使聚合性化合物進行聚合者,則並無特別限制,較佳為根據特性、引發效率、吸收波長、獲取性、成本等觀點來選擇。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can polymerize the polymerizable compound, and is preferably selected from the viewpoints of characteristics, initiation efficiency, absorption wavelength, availability, cost, and the like.

光聚合起始劑例如可列舉:選自鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物及鹵代甲基-均三嗪化合物中的至少1種活性鹵素化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物、咯吩二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、肟化合物等。光聚合起始劑的具體例可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落[0070]~段落[0077]中記載的例子。其中,就聚合反應迅速的方 面等而言,較佳為肟化合物或者聯咪唑系化合物。 The photopolymerization initiator may, for example, be at least one active halogen compound selected from the group consisting of a halogenated methyl oxadiazole compound and a halogenated methyl-s-triazine compound, a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound, and a flavonoid. Dimer, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and its salt, hydrazine compound and the like. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the examples described in paragraphs [0070] to [0077] of JP-A-2004-295116. Among them, the party with rapid polymerization The surface or the like is preferably a ruthenium compound or a biimidazole compound.

肟系化合物(以下亦稱為「肟系光聚合起始劑」)並無特別限定,例如可列舉:日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、WO02/100903A1、日本專利特開2001-233842號公報等中記載的肟系化合物。 The oxime-based compound (hereinafter also referred to as "an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator") is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include, for example, JP-A-2000-80068, WO02/100903A1, and JP-A-2001-233842. The lanthanide compound described in the above.

肟系化合物的具體例可參考日本專利特開2013-182215號公報的段落0053的記載,該內容併入本說明書中。 Specific examples of the lanthanoid compound can be referred to the description of paragraph 0053 of JP-A-2013-182215, which is incorporated herein by reference.

另外,本發明中,就感度、徑時穩定性、後加熱時的著色的觀點而言,肟化合物更佳為下述通式(1)或者通式(2)所表示的化合物。 In the present invention, the ruthenium compound is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) or (2) from the viewpoints of sensitivity, stability at the time of the run, and coloration at the time of post-heating.

(通式(1)中,R及X分別表示1價的取代基,A表示2價有機基,Ar表示芳基;n為1~5的整數。) (In the formula (1), R and X each represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group; and n is an integer of 1 to 5.)

就高感度化的方面而言,R較佳為醯基,具體而言,較佳為乙醯基、丙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲苯甲醯基。 In terms of high sensitivity, R is preferably a mercapto group, and specifically, is preferably an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group or a tolylmethyl group.

就提高感度,抑制因加熱經時而引起的著色的方面而言,A較佳為未經取代的伸烷基、經烷基(例如甲基、乙基、第 三丁基、十二烷基)所取代的伸烷基、經烯基(例如乙烯基、烯丙基)所取代的伸烷基、經芳基(例如苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、枯烯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、苯乙烯基)所取代的伸烷基。 In terms of improving the sensitivity and suppressing the coloring caused by heating over time, A is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group, an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, Tert-butyl substituted by tributyl, dodecyl), alkylene substituted by alkenyl (eg, vinyl, allyl), aryl (eg phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl) An alkylene group substituted with cumenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, styryl).

就提高感度,抑制因加熱經時而引起的著色的方面而言,Ar較佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。於取代苯基的情況下,其取代基例如較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵素基。 Ar is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group in terms of improving the sensitivity and suppressing the coloring caused by heating over time. In the case of a substituted phenyl group, the substituent is preferably a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

就提高溶劑溶解性及長波長區域的吸收效率的方面而言,X較佳為:可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的烯基、可具有取代基的炔基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、可具有取代基的芳氧基、可具有取代基的烷基硫氧基、可具有取代基的芳基硫氧基、可具有取代基的胺基。另外,通式(1)中的n較佳為1~2的整數。 In terms of improving solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength region, X is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent Alkynyl group, alkoxy group which may have a substituent, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, alkylthio group which may have a substituent, aryl thiooxy which may have a substituent, amine which may have a substituent base. Further, n in the formula (1) is preferably an integer of 1 to 2.

通式(2)中,R101表示烷基、烷醯基、烯醯基、芳醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、雜芳氧基羰基、烷基硫羰基、芳基硫羰基、雜環硫羰基、雜芳基硫羰基或者CO-CO-Rf。 Rf表示碳環式芳香族基或者雜環式芳香族基。 In the formula (2), R 101 represents an alkyl group, an alkyl fluorenyl group, an olefin group, an aryl fluorenyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, an alkyl sulfide. Carbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl, heterocyclic thiocarbonyl, heteroarylthiocarbonyl or CO-CO-Rf. Rf represents a carbocyclic aromatic group or a heterocyclic aromatic group.

R102表示烷基、芳基或者雜環基,該些亦可經取代。 R 102 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, those which may be substituted.

R103及R104分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或者雜環基,該些基團可進而經鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、烷基羰基等所取代。 R 103 and R 104 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and these groups may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group or the like.

R105~R111分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳醯基、雜芳醯基、烷基硫基、芳醯基硫基、雜芳醯基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、硝基、胺基、磺酸基、羥基、羧酸基、醯胺基、胺甲醯基或者氰基。 R 105 to R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryl fluorenyl group, a heteroaryl fluorenyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylsulfonyl group, or a hetero group. Aryl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclooxycarbonyl, nitro, amine, sulfonate, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, hydrazine Amino group, amine mercapto group or cyano group.

較佳為R105~R111中的一個或者兩個為電子吸引性的取代基,即硝基、氰基、鹵素基、烷基羰基或者芳基羰基,其原因在於獲得具有更高的硬化性的著色組成物。 It is preferred that one or both of R 105 to R 111 be an electron-attractive substituent, that is, a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen group, an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group, because a higher hardenability is obtained. The coloring composition.

以下列舉所述通式(2)所表示的具有茀結構的化合物的具體例。但並不限定於該化合物。 Specific examples of the compound having a fluorene structure represented by the above formula (2) are listed below. However, it is not limited to this compound.

[化47] [化47]

所述通式(2)所表示的具有茀結構的化合物例如可依據國際公開WO2014/050738號小冊子中記載的合成方法來合成。 The compound having a fluorene structure represented by the above formula (2) can be synthesized, for example, according to the synthesis method described in the pamphlet of International Publication WO2014/050738.

聯咪唑系化合物的具體例可參考日本專利特開2013-182213號公報段落0061~段落0070的記載,該內容併入本說明書中。 Specific examples of the biimidazole-based compound can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0061 to 0070 of JP-A-2013-182213, which is incorporated herein by reference.

另外,本發明的著色組成物中,除了所述光聚合起始劑 以外,亦可使用日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落編號0079中記載的其他公知的光聚合起始劑。 Further, in the coloring composition of the present invention, in addition to the photopolymerization initiator Other known photopolymerization initiators described in Paragraph No. 0079 of JP-A-2004-295116 may be used.

就更有效果地獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言,光聚合起始劑於著色組成物的全部固體成分中的含量較佳為3質量%~20質量%,更佳為4質量%~19質量%,特佳為5質量%~18質量%。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably from 3% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably from 4% by mass to 19%, from the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the present invention more effectively. The mass% is particularly preferably from 5% by mass to 18% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅包含1種光聚合起始劑,亦可包含2種以上。於包含2種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<有機溶劑>> <<Organic solvent>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有至少一種有機溶劑。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one organic solvent.

有機溶劑只要能夠滿足所併存的各成分的溶解性或製成著色組成物時的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別限制,特佳為考慮到黏合劑的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性來選擇。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component to be coherent or the coating property when the coloring composition is formed, and it is particularly preferable to consider the solubility, coatability, and safety of the binder. Come choose.

有機溶劑可使用酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類,具體而言可例示日本專利特開2012-032754號公報的段落編號0161~段落編號0162中記載的溶劑。 As the organic solvent, esters, ethers, ketones, and aromatic hydrocarbons can be used. Specifically, the solvent described in Paragraph No. 0161 to Paragraph No. 0162 of JP-A-2012-032754 can be exemplified.

就所述各成分的溶解性,以及於包含鹼可溶性聚合物的情況下就其溶解性、塗佈面狀的改良等觀點而言,該些有機溶劑亦較佳為混合2種以上。該情況下,特佳為包含選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚、以及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中的2種以上的混合溶液。 The organic solvent is preferably mixed in two or more kinds from the viewpoints of the solubility of the components and the solubility of the coating layer in the case of containing an alkali-soluble polymer. In this case, it is particularly preferred to comprise a methyl ester selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, and diethylene glycol dimethyl ether. , butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether Two or more mixed solutions of acetate.

有機溶劑於著色組成物中的含量較佳為組成物中的全部固體成分濃度成為10質量%~80質量%的量,更佳為成為15質量%~60質量%的量。 The content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably such that the total solid content concentration in the composition is from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 15% by mass to 60% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅包含1種有機溶劑,亦可包含2種以上。於包含2種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of organic solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<鹼可溶性黏合劑>> <<Alkali Soluble Binder>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為包含鹼可溶性黏合劑。鹼可溶性黏合劑除了具有鹼可溶性以外,並無特別限定,較佳為可根據耐熱性、顯影性、獲取性等觀點來選擇。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably comprises an alkali-soluble binder. The alkali-soluble binder is not particularly limited as long as it has alkali solubility, and is preferably selected from the viewpoints of heat resistance, developability, and availability.

鹼可溶性黏合劑較佳為線狀有機高分子聚合物,且可溶於有機溶劑中,可以弱鹼水溶液進行顯影。此種線狀有機高分子聚合物可列舉於側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,例如日本專利特開昭59-44615號、日本專利特公昭54-34327號、日本專利特公昭58-12577號、日本專利特公昭54-25957號、日本專利特開昭59-53836號、日本專利特開昭59-71048號的各公報中所記載的甲基丙烯酸共聚合物、丙烯酸共聚合物、衣康酸共聚合物、丁烯酸共聚合物、順丁烯二酸共聚合物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚合物等,同樣地於側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物有用。 The alkali-soluble binder is preferably a linear organic high molecular polymer, and is soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed with a weakly alkaline aqueous solution. Such a linear organic high molecular polymer may be exemplified by a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-44615, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-34327, Japanese Patent No. Sho 58-12577 The methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, and itacon described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 54-25957, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-53836, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-71048 Acidic copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc., similarly acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxylic acid in a side chain .

除了所述化合物以外,本發明中的鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可使用:於具有羥基的聚合物中加成有酸酐者等,或聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、聚((甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯)、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮或聚環氧乙烷、聚乙烯基醇等。另外,線狀有機高分 子聚合物亦可為將具有親水性的單體進行共聚合而成的聚合物。其例子可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、2級烷基丙烯醯胺或者3級烷基丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯、嗎啉(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺、乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基三唑、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、分支或者直鏈的丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、分支或者直鏈的丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或者(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基羥基丙酯等。除此以外,具有親水性的單體亦可使用包含四氫糠基、磷酸基、磷酸酯基、4級銨鹽基、伸乙基氧基鏈、伸丙基氧基鏈、磺酸基及來源於其鹽的基團、嗎啉基乙基等而成的單體等。 In addition to the compound, the alkali-soluble binder in the present invention may be used, such as an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, or a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, or a poly(( 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, and the like. In addition, linear organic high scores The subpolymer may also be a polymer obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having hydrophilicity. Examples thereof include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylamide, and N-methylol propylene oxime. Amine, a 2-stage alkyl acrylamide or a 3-stage alkyl acrylamide, a dialkylaminoalkyl (meth) acrylate, a morpholine (meth) acrylate, an N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N -vinyl caprolactam, vinyl imidazole, vinyl triazole, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, branched or linear propyl (meth) acrylate, branched or straight Chain butyl (meth) acrylate, or phenoxy hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate or the like. In addition, the hydrophilic monomer may also include a tetrahydroindenyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphate group, a 4- toluene group, an extended ethyloxy chain, a propyloxy chain, a sulfonic acid group, and A monomer derived from a salt group or a morpholinylethyl group.

鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可較佳地使用如下述式(b1)及式(b2)所示的順丁烯二醯亞胺與環氧乙烷的共聚合物。 As the alkali-soluble binder, a copolymer of maleimide and ethylene oxide represented by the following formulas (b1) and (b2) can be preferably used.

(式(b1)中,R1表示氫原子、芳基、或者烷基。) (In the formula (b1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or an alkyl group.)

R1表示烷基的情況下的烷基可列舉:碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷 基、碳數3~10的具有分支鏈的烷基、碳數5~20的環狀烷基等,更具體而言,可列舉甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等。 Examples of the alkyl group in the case where R 1 represents an alkyl group include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having a branched chain of 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like. More specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned.

烷基可具有取代基,可導入至烷基中的取代基可列舉:苯基、羰基、烷氧基、羥基、胺基等。 The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent which may be introduced into the alkyl group include a phenyl group, a carbonyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group and the like.

R1表示芳基的情況下的芳基可列舉:單環結構的芳基、多環結構的芳基、縮環結構的芳基、包含雜原子的雜芳基等。更具體而言,可列舉:苯基、萘基、聯苯基、苯并咪唑基、吡啶基、呋喃基等。 Examples of the aryl group in the case where R 1 represents an aryl group include an aryl group having a monocyclic structure, an aryl group having a polycyclic structure, an aryl group having a condensed ring structure, a heteroaryl group containing a hetero atom, and the like. More specifically, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, etc. are mentioned.

芳基可具有取代基,可導入至芳基中的取代基可列舉:甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等烷基,甲氧基等烷氧基,羧基,羥基,胺基,硝基,氯基,溴基等。 The aryl group may have a substituent, and the substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group may, for example, be an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tributyl group or a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group or an amine group. , nitro, chloro, bromo and the like.

(式(b2)中,R2表示氫原子或者甲基;R3為碳數2或3的伸烷基,R4表示氫原子、芳基、或者烷基,m表示1~15的整數。) (In the formula (b2), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; R 3 is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms; R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or an alkyl group, and m represents an integer of 1 to 15. )

R4表示烷基的情況下的烷基可列舉:碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數1~20的具有分支鏈的烷基、碳數5~20的環狀烷基等,更具體而言,可列舉:甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基、 2-乙基己基等。 Examples of the alkyl group in the case where R 4 represents an alkyl group include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having a branched chain of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like. More specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, etc. are mentioned.

烷基可具有取代基,可導入至烷基中的取代基可列舉:苯基、羰基、烷氧基等。 The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent which may be introduced into the alkyl group include a phenyl group, a carbonyl group, an alkoxy group and the like.

R4表示芳基的情況下的芳基可列舉:單環結構的芳基、多環結構的芳基、縮環結構的芳基、包含雜原子的雜芳基等。更具體而言,可列舉:苯基、萘基、蒽基、聯苯基、苯并咪唑基、吲哚基、咪唑基、噁唑基、咔唑基、吡啶基、呋喃基等。 Examples of the aryl group in the case where R 4 represents an aryl group include an aryl group having a monocyclic structure, an aryl group having a polycyclic structure, an aryl group having a condensed ring structure, a heteroaryl group containing a hetero atom, and the like. More specifically, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, a biphenyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a fluorenyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, a carbazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, etc. are mentioned.

芳基可具有取代基,可導入至芳基中的取代基可列舉:壬基、甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等烷基,甲氧基等烷氧基,羧基,羥基,胺基,硝基,氯基,溴基等。 The aryl group may have a substituent, and the substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group may, for example, be an alkyl group such as a mercapto group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a t-butyl group or a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. , amine, nitro, chloro, bromo and the like.

另外,為了提高交聯效率,鹼可溶性黏合劑可於側鏈上具有聚合性基,例如亦可使用於側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙基氧基烷基等的聚合物等。所述含有聚合性基的聚合物的例子可列舉:市售品的KS光阻-106(大阪有機化學工業(股)製造)、賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P系列(大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股)製造)等。另外,為了提高硬化皮膜的強度,亦可使用醇可溶性尼龍或2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與表氯醇的聚醚等。 Further, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency, the alkali-soluble binder may have a polymerizable group in the side chain, and may be, for example, an allyl group, a (meth)acryl group, an allyloxyalkyl group or the like in the side chain. Polymers, etc. Examples of the polymerizable group-containing polymer include commercially available KS photoresist-106 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and Cyclomer P series (Daicel Chemical). Industrial (stock) manufacturing) and so on. Further, in order to increase the strength of the hardened film, an alcohol-soluble nylon or a polyether of 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin may be used.

該些各種鹼可溶性黏合劑中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚合物樹脂,就顯影性控制的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚合物樹脂。 Among these various alkali-soluble binders, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, and an acrylic acid/acrylamide are preferable. The polymer resin is preferably an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of developability control.

特佳為具有如下述通式(2)所示的重複單元及酸性基的共聚合物,更佳為可列舉除了通式(2)及酸性基以外,還具有通式(3)所表示的結構單元的共聚合物。 Particularly preferred is a copolymer having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) and an acidic group, and more preferably, in addition to the formula (2) and the acidic group, the formula (3) a copolymer of structural units.

(通式(2)中,R20表示氫原子或者甲基,R21~R25分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基、烷基、或者芳基。) (In the formula (2), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 21 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.)

(通式(3)中,R11表示氫原子或者甲基;R12及R13分別獨立地表示氫原子或者包含不飽和雙鍵作為部分結構的碳數3~20的羰基,不存在R12及R13的兩者均為氫原子的情況;於R12及R13的至少一者表示包含不飽和雙鍵作為部分結構的碳數3~20的羰基的情況下,亦可更包含羧基作為部分結構。) (In the formula (3), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbonyl group having a carbon atom number of 3 to 20 which contains an unsaturated double bond as a partial structure, and R 12 is absent. And both of R 13 are a hydrogen atom; and when at least one of R 12 and R 13 represents a carbonyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which contains an unsaturated double bond as a partial structure, it may further contain a carboxyl group. Part of the structure.)

丙烯酸系樹脂較佳為:包含選自(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺等中的單體的共聚合物,或市售品的KS光阻-106(大阪有機化學工業(股)製造)、賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P系列(大賽璐化學工業(股)製造)等。 The acrylic resin preferably contains benzyl (meth) acrylate, a copolymer of a monomer such as (meth)acrylic acid, hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, or (meth)acrylamide, or a commercially available KS photoresist-106 (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing), Cyclomer P series (made by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

另外,鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可包含來源於下述式(X)所表示的乙烯性不飽和單量體的結構單元。 Further, the alkali-soluble binder may further contain a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the following formula (X).

(式(X)中,R1表示氫原子或者甲基,R2表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3表示氫原子或者可包含苯環的碳數1~20的烷基;n表示1~15的整數。) (In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may include a benzene ring; Indicates an integer from 1 to 15.)

所述式(X)中,R2的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3的烷基的碳數為1~20,更佳為1~10,R3的烷基可包含苯環。R3所表示的包含苯環的烷基可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。 In the formula (X), the alkyl group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. The alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 may, for example, be a benzyl group or a 2-phenyl(iso)propyl group.

就顯影性、液黏度等觀點而言,鹼可溶性黏合劑較佳為重量平均分子量(以GPC法測定而得的聚苯乙烯換算值)為1,000~200,000的聚合物,更佳為2,000~100,000的聚合物,特佳為5,000~50,000的聚合物。 The alkali-soluble binder is preferably a polymer having a weight average molecular weight (polystyrene equivalent value measured by a GPC method) of 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 100,000, from the viewpoints of developability, liquid viscosity, and the like. A polymer, particularly preferably a polymer of 5,000 to 50,000.

鹼可溶性黏合劑的調配量較佳為著色組成物的全部固體成分的10質量%~80質量%,更佳為20質量%~60質量%。 The amount of the alkali-soluble binder is preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.

另外,鹼可溶性黏合劑的酸值較佳為10mg/KOH~1000mg/KOH,更佳為50mg/KOH~300mg/KOH,尤佳為50mg/KOH~200mg/KOH,特佳為105mg/KOH~200mg/KOH。 Further, the acid value of the alkali-soluble binder is preferably from 10 mg/KOH to 1000 mg/KOH, more preferably from 50 mg/KOH to 300 mg/KOH, more preferably from 50 mg/KOH to 200 mg/KOH, and particularly preferably from 105 mg/KOH to 200 mg. /KOH.

本發明的組成物可僅包含1種鹼可溶性黏合劑,亦可包含2種以上。於包含2種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of alkali-soluble binder, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<交聯劑>> <<Crosslinker>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可更包含交聯劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may further comprise a crosslinking agent.

交聯劑只要是可藉由交聯反應來進行膜硬化的交聯劑,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂;(b)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少1個取代基所取代的三聚氰胺(melamine)化合物、胍胺(guanamine)化合物、甘脲(glycoluril)化合物或者脲(urea)化合物;(c)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少1個取代基所取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或者羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it is a crosslinking agent which can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (a) an epoxy resin; and (b) a selected from a methylol group and an alkoxy group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent of a methyl group and a decyloxymethyl group; (c) selected A phenol compound, a naphthol compound or a hydroxyquinone compound substituted with at least one substituent of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and a decyloxymethyl group. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy resin is preferred.

交聯劑的具體例等詳情可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載,該內容併入本說明書中。 For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent, etc., refer to the description of paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116, which is incorporated herein by reference.

<<界面活性劑>> <<Interfacial active agent>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可包含界面活性劑。界面活性劑可為非離子系、陽離子系、陰離子系中的任一種,較佳為具有環氧乙 烷結構的界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑。特佳為親水親油平衡(Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance,HLB)值在9.2~15.5的範圍內的具有環氧乙烷結構的界面活性劑或者日本專利特開平2-54202號公報記載的氟系界面活性劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may also comprise a surfactant. The surfactant may be any of a nonionic, cationic or anionic system, preferably having an epoxy B. A surfactant of alkane structure or a fluorine-based surfactant. Particularly preferred is a surfactant having an ethylene oxide structure having a Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance (HLB) value of 9.2 to 15.5 or a fluorine-based interface activity described in JP-A No. 2-54202. Agent.

於本發明的著色組成物中含有界面活性劑的情況下,相對於著色組成物的全部固體成分,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.0001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. 1.0% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅包含1種界面活性劑,亦可包含2種以上。於包含2種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

本發明的著色組成物可進而視需要而包含填充材、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、防凝聚劑、增感劑或光穩定劑等等各種添加劑。 The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain various additives such as a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent, a sensitizer, or a light stabilizer, as needed.

<<染料穩定化劑>> <<Dye Stabilizer>>

本發明的組成物中,較佳為除了三芳基甲烷染料以外,還添加染料穩定化劑。穩定化劑例如可使用:陽離子系、陰離子系、非離子系、兩性、矽酮系、氟系等界面活性劑。界面活性劑中,就可均勻且微細地分散的方面而言,較佳為高分子界面活性劑(高分子分散劑)。 In the composition of the present invention, it is preferred to add a dye stabilizing agent in addition to the triarylmethane dye. As the stabilizer, for example, a surfactant such as a cationic system, an anionic system, a nonionic system, an amphoteric acid, an anthrone or a fluorine-based surfactant can be used. Among the surfactants, a polymer surfactant (polymer dispersant) is preferred in terms of uniform and fine dispersion.

高分子分散劑例如可列舉:聚丙烯酸酯等不飽和羧酸酯的(共)聚合物類;聚丙烯酸等不飽和羧酸的(共)聚合物的(部分)胺鹽、(部分)銨鹽或(部分)烷基胺鹽類;含羥基的聚丙烯酸酯等含羥基的不飽和羧酸酯的(共)聚合物或它們的編成物 ;具有交聯性基的磺酸或磷酸的聚合物等。 Examples of the polymer dispersant include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylate; (partial) amine salts and (partial) ammonium salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid. Or a (partial) alkylamine salt; a (co)polymer of a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester such as a hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylate or a braid thereof a polymer of a sulfonic acid or a phosphoric acid having a crosslinkable group.

交聯性基可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的交聯性基。具體而言可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、環狀醚基、羥甲基,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基,更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基以及苯乙烯基。 As the crosslinkable group, a crosslinkable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used. Specific examples thereof include a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a cyclic ether group, and a methylol group, preferably a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, and more preferably (A). Acrylic group and styrene group.

另外,除了該些界面活性劑以外,還添加雙三氟甲烷磺醯亞胺鈉鹽、或下述陰離子的鹽(鈉鹽、鉀鹽等)的情況亦有效。 Further, in addition to the surfactants, it is also effective to add a bistrifluoromethanesulfonimide sodium salt or a salt of the following anion (sodium salt, potassium salt or the like).

<抗氧化劑> <antioxidant>

本發明的組成物可包含抗氧化劑。抗氧化劑例如可列舉:自由基捕捉劑、過氧化物分解劑、紫外線吸收劑、單重態氧淬滅劑(singlet oxygen quencher)等。 The composition of the present invention may comprise an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include a radical scavenger, a peroxide decomposer, an ultraviolet absorber, and a singlet oxygen quencher.

自由基捕捉劑例如可列舉:酚系抗氧化劑、受阻胺系抗氧化劑等。酚系抗氧化劑例如可列舉:丙酸羥基苯酯系化合物、羥基苄基系化合物、硫代雙酚系化合物、硫代甲基苯酚系化合物、烷烴二基苯酚系化合物等。其中,就色特性的穩定性的觀點而言, 較佳為丙酸羥基苯酯系化合物。 Examples of the radical scavenger include a phenol-based antioxidant and a hindered amine-based antioxidant. Examples of the phenolic antioxidant include a hydroxyphenyl-propionate-based compound, a hydroxybenzyl-based compound, a thiobisphenol-based compound, a thiomethylphenol-based compound, and an alkanediylphenol-based compound. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics, A hydroxyphenyl propionate compound is preferred.

過氧化物分解劑是將藉由暴露於光中等而產生的過氧化物分解為無害的物質,以便不會產生新的自由基的化合物,例如可列舉磷系抗氧化劑、硫系抗氧化劑等。其中,就色特性的穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為硫系抗氧化劑。 The peroxide decomposing agent is a compound which decomposes the peroxide generated by exposure to light to a harmless substance so as not to generate a new radical, and examples thereof include a phosphorus-based antioxidant and a sulfur-based antioxidant. Among them, a sulfur-based antioxidant is preferred from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics.

紫外線吸收劑例如可列舉水楊酸酯系抗氧化劑、二苯甲酮系抗氧化劑。 Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include a salicylate-based antioxidant and a benzophenone-based antioxidant.

單重態氧淬滅劑是可藉由來源於單重態狀態的氧的能量轉移而使單重態氧失活的化合物,例如,除了四甲基乙烯、環戊烯等乙烯性化合物,二乙胺、三乙胺、1,4-二氮雜雙環辛烷(1,4-diazabicyclooctane,DABCO)、N-乙基咪唑等胺類,可經取代的萘、二甲基萘、二甲氧基蒽、蒽、二苯基蒽等縮合多環芳香族化合物;1,3-二苯基異苯并呋喃、1,2,3,4-四苯基-1,3-環戊二烯、五苯基環戊二烯等芳香族化合物以外,還可列舉於以下文獻中作為單重態氧劑來例示的化合物:哈里H.沃瑟曼(Harry H.wasserman)的「單重態氧(Singlet Oxygen)」第5章,學術出版社(Academic Press)(1979);尼古拉斯J.特羅(Nicholas J.Turro)的「現代分子光化學(Modern Molecular Photochemistry)」第14章,本傑明卡明斯出版公司(The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co.,Inc.)(1978);以及CMC公司發行的「彩色照相感光材料用高功能化學品」第7章(2002)。 The singlet oxygen quencher is a compound which can inactivate singlet oxygen by energy transfer from oxygen in a singlet state, for example, an ethylene compound such as tetramethylethylene or cyclopentene, diethylamine, Amines such as triethylamine, 1,4-diazabicyclooctane (DABCO), N-ethylimidazole, substituted naphthalene, dimethylnaphthalene, dimethoxyanthracene, a condensed polycyclic aromatic compound such as hydrazine or diphenylhydrazine; 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran, 1,2,3,4-tetraphenyl-1,3-cyclopentadiene, pentaphenyl In addition to the aromatic compound such as cyclopentadiene, a compound exemplified as a singlet oxygen agent in the following literature: "Hing H. Wasserman" "Singlet Oxygen" Chapter 5, Academic Press (1979); Nicholas J. Turro, "Modern Molecular Photochemistry", Chapter 14, Benjamin Publishing Company (The Benjamin) Cummings Publishing Co., Inc. (1978); and Chapter 7 (2002) of "High-Performance Chemicals for Color Photographic Materials" issued by CMC Corporation .

除此以外,可列舉將具有硫原子的化合物作為配位體的金屬 錯合物。此種化合物可列舉:將雙二硫代-α-二酮、雙苯基二硫醇、及硫代雙酚作為配位體的鎳錯合物、鈷錯合物、銅錯合物、錳錯合物、鉑錯合物等過渡金屬螯合物化合物。 In addition to this, a metal having a compound having a sulfur atom as a ligand may be cited Complex compound. Examples of such a compound include a nickel complex, a cobalt complex, a copper complex, and manganese having a bisdithio-α-diketone, a bisphenyldithiol, and a thiobisphenol as a ligand. A transition metal chelate compound such as a complex compound or a platinum complex.

硫系抗氧化劑可列舉硫代丙酸酯系化合物、巰基苯并咪唑系化合物。其中,就色特性的穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為硫代丙酸酯系化合物。 Examples of the sulfur-based antioxidant include a thiopropionate-based compound and a mercaptobenzimidazole-based compound. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics, a thiopropionate-based compound is preferred.

本發明中,抗氧化劑可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。相對於著色劑100質量,抗氧化劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份~20質量份,特佳為0.1質量份~10質量份。 In the present invention, the antioxidant may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the antioxidant is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the colorant.

<硬化劑> <hardener>

本發明的著色組成物可含有發揮作為硬化劑的功能的化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention may contain a compound that functions as a curing agent.

例如可使用選自由芳香族胺化合物、3級胺化合物、胺鹽、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物、硫醇化合物、嵌段異氰酸酯化合物以及含咪唑環的化合物所組成的組群中的至少1種化合物。 For example, at least one selected from the group consisting of an aromatic amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, an amine salt, a phosphonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a guanamine compound, a thiol compound, a blocked isocyanate compound, and an imidazole ring-containing compound can be used. 1 compound.

藉由著色組成物含有此種硬化劑,可更有效果地實現著色圖案的低溫硬化。並且,亦可進一步提高著色組成物的保存穩定性。 By including such a hardening agent in the colored composition, the low-temperature hardening of the colored pattern can be more effectively achieved. Further, the storage stability of the colored composition can be further improved.

<還原防止劑> <Reduction inhibitor>

本發明的著色組成物亦可添加較所述染料更容易還原的化合物來作為染料的還原防止劑。藉此,於畫素形成後的氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)濺鍍時更能夠抑制染料還原褪色。具體而言較佳為醌化合物,較佳為分子量為100~800左右的以下結 構的醌化合物。 The coloring composition of the present invention may also be a compound which is more easily reduced than the dye to be used as a reduction inhibitor for the dye. Thereby, the dye reduction fading can be further suppressed during the sputtering of Indium Tin Oxide (ITO) after the formation of the pixels. Specifically, it is preferably a ruthenium compound, and preferably has a molecular weight of about 100 to 800. a ruthenium compound.

本發明的著色組成物可進而視需要而包含填充材、紫外線吸收劑、防凝聚劑、增感劑或光穩定劑等等各種添加劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may further contain various additives such as a filler, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent, a sensitizer, or a light stabilizer, as needed.

[著色組成物的製備方法] [Preparation method of coloring composition]

本發明的著色組成物是藉由將所述各成分與視需要的任意成分進行混合來製備。 The colored composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the above components with any optional components as needed.

此外,製備著色組成物時,可總括地調配構成著色組成物的各成分,亦可將各成分溶解.分散於溶劑中後逐次調配。另外,調配時的投入順序或作業條件不受特別制約。例如,可將全部成分同時溶解.分散於溶劑中來製備組成物,視需要,亦可將各成分適當地製成2種以上的溶液.分散液,使用時(塗佈時)將它們混合來製備成組成物。 In addition, when preparing the colored composition, the components constituting the colored composition may be collectively formulated, and the components may be dissolved. Disperse in a solvent and then mix them one by one. In addition, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly restricted. For example, all ingredients can be dissolved at the same time. The composition is prepared by dispersing in a solvent, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared into two or more kinds of solutions. The dispersions were mixed to prepare a composition when used (at the time of coating).

以所述方式製備的著色組成物可使用較佳為孔徑0.01μm~3.0μm、更佳為孔徑0.05μm~0.5μm左右的過濾器等進行過濾分離後,供於使用。 The colored composition prepared in the above manner can be used by filtration using a filter having a pore diameter of preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably a pore diameter of 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm, or the like.

本發明的著色組成物由於可形成色相及對比度優異的著色硬化膜,故而適合用於形成液晶顯示裝置(LCD)或固體攝影元件(例如電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)、互補金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等)中使用的彩色濾光片等的著色畫素,另外,可適合用於印刷油墨、噴墨油墨、以及塗料等的製作用途。特別適合於液晶顯示裝置用的著色畫素形成用途。 The coloring composition of the present invention is suitable for forming a liquid crystal display device (LCD) or a solid-state imaging device (for example, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide, because it can form a colored cured film having excellent hue and contrast. A coloring element such as a color filter used in a semiconductor (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor, CMOS) or the like, and can be suitably used for production of printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like. It is particularly suitable for use in the formation of colored pixels for liquid crystal display devices.

[彩色濾光片及其製造方法] [Color filter and method of manufacturing the same]

本發明的彩色濾光片是設置基板,且於該基板上設置包含本發明著色組成物的著色區域來構成。基板上的著色區域是由形成彩色濾光片的各畫素的例如紅(R)、綠(G)、藍(B)等著色膜所構成。 The color filter of the present invention is provided with a substrate, and is provided with a colored region containing the colored composition of the present invention on the substrate. The colored region on the substrate is composed of a colored film such as red (R), green (G), or blue (B) which forms each pixel of the color filter.

只要是能夠將本發明的著色組成物應用於基板上而形成經硬化的著色區域(著色圖案)的方法,則本發明的彩色濾光片可利用任一種方法來形成。較佳為使用本發明的著色組成物來製作。 The color filter of the present invention can be formed by any method as long as it is a method capable of applying the colored composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a cured colored region (colored pattern). It is preferably produced by using the colored composition of the present invention.

另外,於使用本發明的著色組成物來製造固體攝影元件用彩色濾光片的情況下,亦可採用日本專利特開2011-252065號公報的段落0359~段落0371中記載的製造方法。 In the case of producing a color filter for a solid-state imaging device using the colored composition of the present invention, the production method described in paragraphs 0359 to 0371 of JP-A-2011-252065 can also be used.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法包括:步驟(A),於基板上應用(較佳為塗佈)已述的著色組成物來形成著色層(亦稱為著色組成物層);以及步驟(B),使步驟(A)中形成的著色組成物層硬化。 The method for producing a color filter of the present invention comprises: step (A), applying (preferably coating) the colored composition described above to a substrate to form a colored layer (also referred to as a colored composition layer); and a step (B), the colored composition layer formed in the step (A) is cured.

進行硬化的步驟較佳為(較佳為經由遮罩)曝光成圖案狀,將塗佈膜的未硬化部以顯影液進行顯影去除而形成著色區域(著色圖案)。藉由經過該些步驟,可形成包含各色(3色或者4色)畫素的著色圖案,可獲得彩色濾光片。另外,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,特佳為進而設有以下步驟的態樣:步驟(C),對步驟(B)中形成的著色圖案照射紫外線;以及步驟(D),對步 驟(C)中經照射紫外線的著色圖案進行加熱處理。 The step of hardening is preferably (preferably, via a mask) exposed to a pattern, and the uncured portion of the coating film is developed and removed by a developer to form a colored region (colored pattern). By performing these steps, a coloring pattern containing pixels of three colors or four colors can be formed, and a color filter can be obtained. Further, in the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide the following steps: step (C), irradiating the colored pattern formed in the step (B) with ultraviolet rays; and step (D), Step The colored pattern irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the step (C) is subjected to heat treatment.

藉由如上所述的方法,製程方面的困難性少,可以高品質且低成本地製造液晶顯示元件或固體攝影元件中使用的彩色濾光片。 According to the method described above, the difficulty in the process is small, and the color filter used in the liquid crystal display element or the solid-state imaging element can be manufactured with high quality and low cost.

以下,對本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法進行更具體的說明。 Hereinafter, a method of producing the color filter of the present invention will be described more specifically.

-步驟(A)- -Step (A)-

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,首先,利用所需的塗佈方法,於基板上直接或者經由其他層來塗佈已述的本發明的著色組成物,形成包含著色組成物的塗佈膜(著色組成物層),然後,視需要進行預硬化(預烘烤(pre-bake)),使該著色組成物層乾燥。 In the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, first, the colored composition of the present invention described above is applied onto a substrate directly or via another layer by a desired coating method to form a coating containing the colored composition. The film (coloring composition layer) is then pre-hardened (pre-bake) as needed to dry the colored composition layer.

基板例如可列舉:液晶顯示元件等中使用的無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、派熱司(Pyrex)(註冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃、以及使該些玻璃上附著有透明導電膜的基板,或固體攝影元件等中使用的光電轉換元件基板,例如矽酮基板或塑膠基板等。另外,亦可於該些基板上形成將各畫素隔離的黑色矩陣,或為了促進密接等目的而設置透明樹脂層。另外,於基板上,視需要為了改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散、或者表面的平坦化,亦可設置底塗層。 Examples of the substrate include an alkali-free glass, a soda glass, a Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, a quartz glass, and a substrate on which a transparent conductive film is adhered to the liquid crystal display element or the like, or a solid. A photoelectric conversion element substrate used in a photographic element or the like, for example, an fluorenone substrate or a plastic substrate. Further, a black matrix in which each pixel is isolated may be formed on the substrates, or a transparent resin layer may be provided for the purpose of promoting adhesion or the like. Further, an undercoat layer may be provided on the substrate as needed in order to improve adhesion to the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or planarize the surface.

另外,塑膠基板較佳為於其表面具有阻氣層及/或耐溶劑性層。 Further, the plastic substrate preferably has a gas barrier layer and/or a solvent resistant layer on its surface.

除此以外,可使用薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的彩色液晶顯示裝置的配置有薄膜電晶體(TFT)的驅動用基板(以下稱為「TFT方式液晶驅動用基板」)作為基板,於 該驅動用基板上亦形成使用本發明的著色組成物而成的著色圖案,來製作彩色濾光片。 In addition, a substrate for driving a thin film transistor (hereinafter referred to as a "TFT-based liquid crystal driving substrate") in which a thin film transistor (TFT) type color liquid crystal display device is disposed as a substrate can be used. ,to A coloring pattern using the colored composition of the present invention is also formed on the driving substrate to form a color filter.

TFT方式液晶驅動用基板中的基板例如可列舉:玻璃、矽酮、聚碳酸酯、聚酯、芳香族聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺等。對於該些基板,視需要,亦可預先實施利用矽烷偶合劑等的化學品處理、電漿處理、離子鍍、濺鍍、氣相反應法、真空蒸鍍等適當的前處理。例如,可使用在TFT方式液晶驅動用基板的表面形成有氮化矽膜等鈍化膜的基板。 Examples of the substrate in the TFT liquid crystal driving substrate include glass, anthrone, polycarbonate, polyester, aromatic polyamide, polyamidimide, and polyimine. For these substrates, an appropriate pretreatment such as chemical treatment such as a decane coupling agent, plasma treatment, ion plating, sputtering, gas phase reaction, or vacuum vapor deposition may be performed in advance. For example, a substrate in which a passivation film such as a tantalum nitride film is formed on the surface of the TFT liquid crystal driving substrate can be used.

將本發明的著色組成物直接或者經由其他層而應用於基板上。應用的方法較佳為塗佈,較佳為利用旋轉塗佈、狹縫塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、棒塗佈、噴墨等塗佈方法來塗佈。 The colored composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate directly or via other layers. The method to be applied is preferably coating, and is preferably applied by a coating method such as spin coating, slit coating, cast coating, roll coating, bar coating, or inkjet.

塗佈步驟中,將本發明的著色組成物塗佈於基板上的方法並無特別限定,較佳為狹縫與旋轉法(slit-and-spin method)、非旋轉塗佈法(spinless coating method)等使用狹縫噴嘴(slit nozzle)的方法(以下稱為狹縫噴嘴塗佈法)。 In the coating step, the method of applying the colored composition of the present invention to a substrate is not particularly limited, and is preferably a slit-and-spin method or a spinless coating method. A method of using a slit nozzle (hereinafter referred to as a slit nozzle coating method).

於狹縫噴嘴塗佈法中,狹縫與旋轉塗佈法及非旋轉塗佈法根據塗佈基板的大小而條件不同,例如,於利用非旋轉塗佈法來塗佈第五代玻璃基板(1100mm×1250mm)的情況下,來自狹縫噴嘴的著色組成物的噴出量通常為500微升/秒~2000微升/秒,較佳為800微升/秒~1500微升/秒,另外,塗佈速度通常為50mm/秒~300mm/秒,較佳為100mm/秒~200mm/秒。 In the slit nozzle coating method, the slit, the spin coating method, and the non-spin coating method differ depending on the size of the coated substrate, and for example, the fifth-generation glass substrate is applied by a non-rotation coating method ( In the case of 1100 mm × 1250 mm), the discharge amount of the colored composition from the slit nozzle is usually from 500 μL/sec to 2000 μl/sec, preferably from 800 μL/sec to 1500 μL/sec. The coating speed is usually from 50 mm/sec to 300 mm/sec, preferably from 100 mm/sec to 200 mm/sec.

另外,塗佈步驟中使用的著色組成物的固體成分通常為10% ~20%,較佳為13%~18%。 In addition, the solid composition of the colored composition used in the coating step is usually 10%. ~20%, preferably 13%~18%.

於在基板上形成由本發明的著色組成物所得的塗佈膜的情況下,該塗佈膜的厚度(預烘烤處理後)通常為0.3μm~5.0μm,較理想為0.5μm~4.0μm,最理想為0.5μm~3.0μm。 When the coating film obtained from the coloring composition of the present invention is formed on a substrate, the thickness of the coating film (after the prebaking treatment) is usually 0.3 μm to 5.0 μm, preferably 0.5 μm to 4.0 μm. Most preferably, it is 0.5 μm to 3.0 μm.

另外,若為固體攝影元件用的彩色濾光片的情況,則塗佈膜的厚度(預烘烤處理後)較佳為0.5μm~5.0μm的範圍。 Further, in the case of a color filter for a solid-state imaging device, the thickness of the coating film (after the prebaking treatment) is preferably in the range of 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm.

應用步驟中,通常於應用後實施預烘烤處理。視需要,亦可於預烘烤前實施真空處理。真空乾燥的條件中,真空度通常為0.1托(torr)~1.0托,較佳為0.2托~0.5托左右。 In the application step, the prebaking treatment is usually performed after the application. Vacuum treatment may also be carried out prior to prebaking, as needed. In the vacuum drying condition, the degree of vacuum is usually from 0.1 torr to 1.0 torr, preferably from about 0.2 to about 0.5 torr.

另外,可使用加熱板、烘箱等,於50℃~140℃的溫度範圍內,較佳為70℃~110℃左右,以10秒~300秒的條件來進行預烘烤處理。此外,預烘烤處理中可併用高頻處理等。高頻處理亦可單獨使用。 Further, the prebaking treatment may be carried out using a hot plate, an oven or the like in a temperature range of 50 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably about 70 ° C to 110 ° C, for 10 seconds to 300 seconds. Further, high frequency processing or the like can be used in combination in the prebaking treatment. High frequency processing can also be used alone.

預烘烤的條件可列舉如下條件:使用加熱板或烘箱,於70℃~130℃下加熱0.5分鐘~15分鐘左右。 The prebaking conditions include the following conditions: heating at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 0.5 minutes to 15 minutes using a hot plate or an oven.

另外,由著色組成物形成的著色組成物層的厚度可根據目的來適當選擇。於液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片中,較佳為0.2μm~5.0μm的範圍,尤佳為1.0μm~4.0μm的範圍,最佳為1.5μm~3.5μm的範圍。另外,於固體攝影元件用彩色濾光片中,較佳為0.2μm~5.0μm的範圍,尤佳為0.3μm~2.5μm的範圍,最佳為0.3μm~1.5μm的範圍。 Further, the thickness of the colored composition layer formed of the colored composition can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. The color filter for a liquid crystal display device preferably has a range of 0.2 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably 1.0 μm to 4.0 μm, and most preferably 1.5 μm to 3.5 μm. Further, in the color filter for a solid-state imaging device, it is preferably in the range of 0.2 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 2.5 μm, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 1.5 μm.

此外,著色組成物層的厚度為預烘烤後的膜厚。 Further, the thickness of the colored composition layer is the film thickness after prebaking.

-步驟(B)- -Step (B)-

繼而,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,對於以所述方式形成於基板上的包含著色組成物的膜(著色組成物層),例如經由光罩來進行曝光。曝光中可應用的光或放射線較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線、j射線、KrF光、ArF光,特佳為i射線。於將i射線用於照射光的情況下,較佳為以100mJ/cm2~10000mJ/cm2的曝光量進行照射。 Then, in the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, the film (coloring composition layer) containing the colored composition formed on the substrate as described above is exposed through, for example, a photomask. The light or radiation that can be applied during exposure is preferably g-ray, h-ray, i-ray, j-ray, KrF light, ArF light, and particularly preferably i-ray. When the i-ray is used for the irradiation of light, it is preferably irradiated with an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 to 10000 mJ/cm 2 .

另外,其他的曝光光線亦可使用:超高壓、高壓、中壓、低壓的各水銀燈、化學燈、碳弧燈、氙燈、金屬鹵化物燈、可見及紫外的各種雷射光源、螢光燈、鎢燈、太陽光等。 In addition, other exposure light can also be used: ultra-high pressure, high pressure, medium pressure, low pressure mercury lamps, chemical lamps, carbon arc lamps, xenon lamps, metal halide lamps, visible and ultraviolet laser light sources, fluorescent lamps, Tungsten lamps, sunlight, etc.

使用雷射光源的曝光步驟 Exposure step using a laser source

使用雷射光源的曝光方式中,使用紫外光雷射作為光源。 In the exposure mode using a laser light source, an ultraviolet laser is used as a light source.

照射光較佳為波長為300nm~380nm的範圍的波長範圍的紫外光雷射,就與光阻的感光波長一致的方面而言,尤佳為300nm~360nm的範圍的波長的紫外光雷射。具體而言,尤其可適合使用功率大且比較廉價的固體雷射的摻雜釹的釔鋁石榴石(neodymium doped yttrium aluminum garnet,Nd:YAG)雷射的第三諧波(355nm)、或準分子雷射的XeCl(308nm)、XeF(353nm)。 The irradiation light is preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 380 nm, and is preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 360 nm in terms of the wavelength of the photoresist. In particular, it is particularly suitable for the third harmonic (355 nm) of the neodymium doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG) laser with a high power and relatively inexpensive solid laser. Molecular laser XeCl (308 nm), XeF (353 nm).

被曝光物(圖案)的曝光量為1mJ/cm2~100mJ/cm2的範圍,更佳為1mJ/cm2~50mJ/cm2的範圍。若曝光量為該範圍,則就圖案形成的生產性的方面而言較佳。 The exposure amount of the object to be exposed (pattern) is in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 50 mJ/cm 2 . When the exposure amount is in this range, it is preferable in terms of productivity in pattern formation.

曝光裝置並無特別限制,市售的曝光裝置可使用卡利斯托(Callisto)(V科技(V-Technology)股份有限公司製造)、或艾吉斯(EGIS)(V科技股份有限公司製造)、或DF2200G(大日本網屏(Dainippon Screen)(股)製造)等。另外,所述以外的裝置亦適合使用。 The exposure apparatus is not particularly limited, and a commercially available exposure apparatus can be used by Callisto (V-Technology Co., Ltd.) or Egis (made by V Technology Co., Ltd.). Or DF2200G (made by Dainippon Screen (share)). In addition, devices other than the above are also suitable for use.

製造液晶顯示裝置用的彩色濾光片時,較佳為使用藉由近接式曝光機、鏡面投射曝光機,且主要使用h射線、i射線的曝光。另外,製造固體攝影元件用的彩色濾光片時,較佳為利用步進機曝光機,且主要使用i射線。此外,使用TFT方式液晶驅動用基板來製造彩色濾光片時,所使用的光罩可使用除了設置有用以形成畫素(著色圖案)的圖案以外,還設置有用以形成通孔或馬蹄(horseshoe)型凹坑的圖案的光罩。 When manufacturing a color filter for a liquid crystal display device, it is preferable to use exposure by a proximity exposure machine or a mirror projection exposure machine, and mainly using h-rays and i-rays. Further, in the case of producing a color filter for a solid-state imaging device, it is preferable to use a stepper exposure machine, and mainly use i-rays. Further, when a color filter is manufactured using a TFT liquid crystal driving substrate, the photomask used can be used to form a via hole or a horseshoe in addition to a pattern for forming a pixel (colored pattern). a mask of a pattern of pits.

以所述方式經曝光的著色組成物層可進行加熱。 The colored composition layer exposed in the manner described can be heated.

另外,為了抑制著色組成物層中的有色材料的氧化褪色,可一邊於腔室內流通氮氣一邊進行曝光。 Further, in order to suppress oxidative fading of the colored material in the colored composition layer, exposure may be performed while flowing nitrogen gas in the chamber.

繼而,對曝光後的著色組成物層,利用顯影液進行顯影。藉此,可形成負型或者正型的著色圖案(光阻圖案)。顯影步驟中,使曝光後的塗佈膜的未硬化部溶出於顯影液中,僅使硬化部分殘存於基板上。 Then, the exposed coloring composition layer is developed by a developing solution. Thereby, a negative or positive coloring pattern (resist pattern) can be formed. In the developing step, the uncured portion of the applied coating film is dissolved in the developing solution, and only the hardened portion remains on the substrate.

顯影液只要是將未硬化部中的著色組成物的塗佈膜(著色組成物層)溶解,但不會將硬化部溶解的顯影液,則可使用任一種。例如可使用多種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。 The developer may be any one that dissolves the coating film (coloring composition layer) of the coloring composition in the uncured portion, but does not dissolve the hardened portion. For example, a combination of various organic solvents or an aqueous alkaline solution can be used.

顯影中使用的有機溶劑可列舉製備本發明的著色組成物時可使用的已述溶劑。 The organic solvent used in the development may, for example, be a solvent which can be used in the preparation of the colored composition of the present invention.

鹼性水溶液例如可列舉:將四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、三甲基苄基氫氧化銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等鹼性化合物,以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~1質量%的方式溶解而成的鹼性水溶液。於顯影液為鹼性水溶液的情況下,鹼濃度可以較佳為pH值成為11~13、尤佳為pH值成為11.5~12.5的方式進行調整。 Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, and sodium hydroxide. , potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, gall a basic compound such as a base, pyrrole, piperidine or 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5,4,0]-7-undecene at a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass An alkaline aqueous solution obtained by dissolving in a range of % to 1% by mass. When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, the alkali concentration may preferably be adjusted so that the pH is 11 to 13, and preferably the pH is 11.5 to 12.5.

鹼性水溶液中,亦可添加適量的例如甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑或界面活性劑等。 An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.

顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間為20秒~90秒。 The development temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 seconds to 90 seconds.

顯影可為浸漬方式、噴淋方式、噴霧方式等的任一種,亦可於其中組合擺動(swing)方式、旋轉方式、超音波方式等。亦可在與顯影液接觸之前,將被顯影面預先以水等進行潤濕,來防止顯影不均。另外,亦可使基板傾斜來進行顯影。 The development may be any one of an immersion method, a shower method, a spray method, and the like, and a swing method, a rotation method, an ultrasonic method, or the like may be combined therein. The developed surface may be previously wetted with water or the like before contact with the developer to prevent development unevenness. Alternatively, the substrate may be tilted to perform development.

另外,於製造固體攝影元件用彩色濾光片的情況下亦使用覆液(puddle)顯影。 Further, in the case of producing a color filter for a solid-state imaging element, puddle development is also used.

顯影處理後,經過將剩餘的顯影液洗滌去除的淋洗處理,實施乾燥後,為了使硬化完全而實施加熱處理(後烘烤)。 After the development treatment, the rinsing treatment for washing and removing the remaining developer is carried out, and after drying, heat treatment (post-baking) is performed in order to complete the curing.

淋洗處理通常是以純水進行,為了省液,亦可使用以下方法:於最終洗滌中使用純水且於洗滌初期使用已使用過的純水,另外,亦可使用使基板傾斜來洗滌,或併用超音波照射的方法。 The rinsing treatment is usually carried out in pure water. In order to save the liquid, the following method may be used: pure water is used in the final washing, and the used pure water is used in the initial stage of washing, and the substrate may be washed by tilting the substrate. Or use the method of ultrasonic irradiation.

淋洗處理後,進行除水、乾燥後,通常進行約200℃~250℃的加熱處理。該加熱處理(後烘烤)可對顯影後的塗佈膜,以成為所述條件的方式使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱裝置,以連續式或者分批式來進行。 After the rinsing treatment, after water removal and drying, heat treatment at about 200 ° C to 250 ° C is usually carried out. This heat treatment (post-baking) can use a heating plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heating machine or the like in a continuous manner or in a continuous manner for the coating film after development. It is carried out in batches.

藉由根據所需的色相數,對各種顏色依次反覆進行以上的各步驟,可製作形成經多種顏色的著色的硬化膜(著色圖案)而成的彩色濾光片。 By performing the above steps in sequence for each color in accordance with the required number of hue, a color filter in which a cured film (colored pattern) of a plurality of colors is formed can be produced.

本發明的彩色濾光片由於對比度高、色濃度不均小、色特性良好,故而可適合用於固體攝影元件或者液晶顯示元件。 The color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device or a liquid crystal display device because of high contrast, small color density unevenness, and good color characteristics.

-步驟(C)- -Step (C)-

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,亦可特別對使用著色組成物而形成的著色圖案(畫素)進行藉由紫外線照射的後曝光。 In the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, a post-exposure by ultraviolet irradiation may be performed particularly on a colored pattern (pixel) formed using a colored composition.

-步驟(D)- -Step (D)-

較佳為對於已進行如上所述的藉由紫外線照射的後曝光的著色圖案,進而進行加熱處理。藉由對所形成的著色圖案進行加熱處理(所謂後烘烤處理),可使著色圖案進一步硬化。該加熱處理可利用例如加熱板、各種加熱器、烘箱等來進行。 It is preferable to carry out heat treatment for the colored pattern which has been subjected to post-exposure by ultraviolet irradiation as described above. The colored pattern can be further hardened by heat-treating the formed colored pattern (so-called post-baking treatment). This heat treatment can be performed using, for example, a hot plate, various heaters, an oven, or the like.

加熱處理時的溫度較佳為100℃~300℃,尤佳為150℃~250℃。另外,加熱時間較佳為10分鐘~120分鐘左右。 The temperature during the heat treatment is preferably from 100 ° C to 300 ° C, particularly preferably from 150 ° C to 250 ° C. Further, the heating time is preferably from about 10 minutes to about 120 minutes.

以所述方式獲得的著色圖案構成彩色濾光片中的畫素。於具有多種色相的畫素的彩色濾光片的製作中,只要根據所需的顏色數量來反覆進行所述的步驟(A)、步驟(B)、以及視需要的步驟(C)或步驟(D)即可。 The colored pattern obtained in the manner described constitutes a pixel in the color filter. In the production of a color filter having pixels of a plurality of hue, the step (A), the step (B), and the optional step (C) or the step are repeated as long as the number of colors required is repeated. D) Yes.

此外,可於每種單色的著色組成物層的形成、曝光、顯影結束時(每1種顏色)進行所述步驟(C)及/或步驟(D),亦可於所需顏色數量的所有著色組成物層的形成、曝光、顯影結束後,總括地進行所述步驟(C)及/或步驟(D)。 Further, the step (C) and/or the step (D) may be performed at the end of formation, exposure, and development of each of the monochromatic coloring composition layers (each color), or may be in a desired color amount. After the formation, exposure, and development of all the coloring composition layers are completed, the steps (C) and/or the step (D) are collectively performed.

另外,本發明的著色組成物亦可應用於包括乾式蝕刻步驟的彩色濾光片的製造方法。此種製造方法的一例可列包括以下步驟的製造方法:使用本發明的著色組成物來形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由曝光及顯影,將所述光阻層進行圖案化而獲得光阻圖案的步驟;以及將所述光阻圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,對所述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。於本發明的著色組成物用於包括乾式蝕刻步驟的彩色濾光片的製造方法的情況下,可為光硬化性組成物,亦可為熱硬化性組成物。於熱硬化性組成物的情況下可使用熱硬化劑,熱硬化劑較佳為於1分子內具有2個以上環氧基的化合物。 Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can also be applied to a method of producing a color filter including a dry etching step. An example of such a manufacturing method may include a manufacturing method comprising the steps of: forming a coloring layer using the coloring composition of the present invention; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; and exposing and developing a step of patterning the photoresist layer to obtain a photoresist pattern; and a step of dry etching the colored layer using the photoresist pattern as an etch mask. In the case where the colored composition of the present invention is used in a method for producing a color filter including a dry etching step, it may be a photocurable composition or a thermosetting composition. In the case of a thermosetting composition, a thermosetting agent can be used, and the thermosetting agent is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.

利用本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法來獲得的彩色濾光片(本發明的彩色濾光片)由於使用本發明的著色組成物,故而色相及對比度優異。 The color filter (color filter of the present invention) obtained by the method for producing a color filter of the present invention is excellent in hue and contrast because the coloring composition of the present invention is used.

本發明的彩色濾光片可用於液晶顯示元件或固體攝影元件, 特別適合於液晶顯示裝置的用途。於用於液晶顯示裝置的情況下,使用三芳基甲烷染料作為著色劑而達成良好的色相,而且可進行分光特性及對比度優異的影像顯示。 The color filter of the present invention can be used for a liquid crystal display element or a solid-state imaging element. Particularly suitable for the use of liquid crystal display devices. In the case of use in a liquid crystal display device, a triarylmethane dye is used as a colorant to achieve a good hue, and image display having excellent spectral characteristics and contrast can be obtained.

作為本發明的著色組成物的用途,上文中雖主要以彩色濾光片的著色圖案的形成用途為中心進行說明,但亦可應用於形成將構成彩色濾光片的著色圖案(畫素)進行隔離的黑色矩陣。 The use of the coloring composition of the present invention is mainly described above for the purpose of forming a coloring pattern of a color filter, but it can also be applied to forming a coloring pattern (pixel) constituting a color filter. Isolated black matrix.

基板上的黑色矩陣可藉由使用含有碳黑、鈦黑等黑色顏料的加工顏料的著色組成物,經過塗佈、曝光及顯影的各步驟,然後視需要進行後烘烤而形成。 The black matrix on the substrate can be formed by using a coloring composition of a processed pigment containing a black pigment such as carbon black or titanium black, passing through various steps of coating, exposure, and development, followed by post-baking as needed.

[液晶顯示裝置] [Liquid Crystal Display Device]

本發明的液晶顯示元件以及固體攝影元件包括本發明的彩色濾光片。更具體而言,例如,藉由在彩色濾光片的內面側形成配向膜,使其與電極基板對向,於間隙部填滿液晶進行密封,從而獲得本發明的液晶顯示元件即面板。另外,例如,藉由在受光元件上形成彩色濾光片,而獲得本發明的固體攝影元件。 The liquid crystal display element and solid-state imaging element of the present invention comprise the color filter of the present invention. More specifically, for example, an alignment film is formed on the inner surface side of the color filter so as to face the electrode substrate, and the liquid crystal is filled in the gap portion to be sealed, thereby obtaining a panel which is a liquid crystal display element of the present invention. Further, for example, the solid-state imaging element of the present invention is obtained by forming a color filter on the light-receiving element.

關於液晶顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳情,例如記載於「電子顯示器件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調查會(股)1990年發行)」、「顯示器件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股)1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,工業調查會(股)1994年發行)」中。對本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中記載的多種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 The definition of the liquid crystal display device or the details of each display device is described in, for example, "Electronic display device (sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association (share) issued in 1990)", "Display device (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Book) ) issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Editor Uchida Natsuo, Industrial Research Association, Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, a plurality of types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

其中,本發明的彩色濾光片對於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置特別有效。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股)1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多域垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等的視角擴大的液晶顯示裝置,或超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)及反射光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 Among them, the color filter of the present invention is particularly effective for a color TFT liquid crystal display device. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display device having a wide viewing angle such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as In Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as Multi-domain Vertical Alignment (MVA). , or Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), Fringe Field Switching, FFS) and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB).

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention is also available in a bright and high-definition Color-filter On Array (COA) mode.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示元件,則與現有公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高的對比度,進而,可藉由將紅、綠、藍的LED光源(RGB-LED)作為背光,來提供亮度高、並且色純度高的色再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 When the color filter of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display element, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a conventional three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube, and further, an LED light source of red, green, and blue can be used ( RGB-LED is used as a backlight to provide a liquid crystal display device having high luminance and high color reproducibility.

[固體攝影元件] [Solid photographic element]

本發明的著色組成物亦可較佳地用於固體攝影元件用途。固體攝影元件的構成為包括使用本發明的著色組成物來製造的彩色濾光片的構成,只要是發揮作為固體攝影元件的功能的構成,則無特別限定,例如可列舉以下所述的構成。 The colored composition of the present invention can also be preferably used for solid-state imaging elements. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration that functions as a solid-state imaging device, and the configuration of the color filter described above is not particularly limited. For example, the following configuration can be cited.

於支持體上具有構成固體攝影元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的受光區域的多個光二極體以及包含多晶矽等的傳送電極,於所述光二極體以及所述傳送電極上具有僅光二極體的受光部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面以及光二極體受光部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的器件保護層,且於所述器件保護層上具有本發明的固體攝影元件用彩色濾光片。 a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode including a polysilicon or the like on the support, the photodiode and the transfer The electrode has a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like which is open only in the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and has a device protective layer containing tantalum nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion. Further, the color filter for a solid-state imaging device of the present invention is provided on the protective layer of the device.

進而,亦可為於所述器件保護層上且彩色濾光片之下(與支持體接近之側)具有聚光元件(例如微透鏡等;以下相同)的構成、或於彩色濾光片上具有聚光元件的構成等。 Furthermore, it may be configured on the device protective layer and under the color filter (the side close to the support) to have a condensing element (for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter) or on the color filter. It has a configuration of a concentrating element, and the like.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下列舉實施例,對本發明進一步進行具體說明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則以下實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等可適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示的具體例。此外,只要無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。 The present invention will be further specifically described below by way of examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing order, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, "%" and "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise stated.

<合成例1> <Synthesis Example 1>

(化合物I-2的合成) (Synthesis of Compound I-2)

依據以下的路徑來合成化合物I-2。 Compound I-2 was synthesized according to the following route.

[化54] [54]

(合成中間體(化合物3)的合成) (Synthesis of synthetic intermediate (Compound 3))

使化合物1(1-萘基胺)17.0g(118.8mmol)及1,2-環氧基環己烷11.65g(118.7mmol)溶解於六氟異丙醇50mL中後,加熱回流5小時。確認反應結束後,利用乙酸乙酯50mL以及水、食鹽水,將目標物萃取至有機層中並洗滌後,使其濃縮。使該粗產物於己烷中溶解、再結晶後,進行過濾,藉此獲得19.2g的化合物3(產率為67%)。 17.0 g (118.8 mmol) of the compound 1 (1-naphthylamine) and 11.65 g (118.7 mmol) of 1,2-epoxycyclohexane were dissolved in 50 mL of hexafluoroisopropanol, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. After confirming the completion of the reaction, the target product was extracted into an organic layer with 50 mL of ethyl acetate and water and brine, and then concentrated. This crude product was dissolved in hexane and recrystallized, and then filtered, whereby 19.2 g of Compound 3 (yield: 67%) was obtained.

(合成中間體(化合物4)的合成) (Synthesis of synthetic intermediate (Compound 4))

使化合物3(2.4g(10mmol))、以及三乙胺1.5g(15mmol) 溶解於10mL的四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)中。將該溶液冷卻至0℃後,滴加甲基丙烯醯氯1.15g(11mol)。確認反應完畢後,利用乙酸乙酯20mL以及水、食鹽水,將目標物萃取至有機層中並洗滌後,進行濃縮。利用管柱層析法將該粗產物純化,藉此獲得1.8g的化合物4(產率58%)。 Compound 3 (2.4 g (10 mmol)), and triethylamine 1.5 g (15 mmol) Dissolved in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF). After the solution was cooled to 0 ° C, 1.15 g (11 mol) of methacrylonitrile chloride was added dropwise. After confirming the completion of the reaction, the target product was extracted into an organic layer with 20 mL of ethyl acetate and water and brine, and then concentrated. This crude product was purified by column chromatography, whereby 1.8 g of Compound 4 (yield: 58%) was obtained.

(化合物I-2的合成) (Synthesis of Compound I-2)

將化合物4(1.9g(5.8mmol))、化合物5(1.8g(5.8mmol))、氧氯化磷1.0g(6.4mmol)溶解於甲苯6mL中,加溫至90℃,攪拌1小時。確認反應結束後,於該溶液中添加乙酸乙酯10mL,將目標物作為上清液而取出,將所述操作反覆進行3次,將化合物6作為乙酸乙酯溶液而取出。於該溶液中添加另行調整的雙三氟甲磺醯亞胺鋰鹽2.0g(7.0mmol)的甲醇20mL溶液。確認鹽交換反應完畢後,添加水50mL,將化合物萃取至乙酸乙酯層中並濃縮後,利用管柱層析法進行純化,藉此獲得目標化合物I-2(1.7g(33%))。 Compound 4 (1.9 g (5.8 mmol)), Compound 5 (1.8 g (5.8 mmol)), and 1.0 g (6.4 mmol) of phosphorus oxychloride were dissolved in 6 mL of toluene, and the mixture was warmed to 90 ° C and stirred for 1 hour. After confirming the completion of the reaction, 10 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the solution, and the target product was taken out as a supernatant, and the operation was repeated three times, and the compound 6 was taken out as an ethyl acetate solution. To the solution was added a solution of 2.0 g (7.0 mmol) of a separately adjusted bistrifluoromethanesulfonimide lithium salt in 20 mL of methanol. After confirming the completion of the salt exchange reaction, 50 mL of water was added, and the compound was extracted into an ethyl acetate layer and concentrated, and then purified by column chromatography to obtain the object compound I-2 (1.7 g (33%)).

1H NMR(CHCl3):1.25(m,16H),1.8(s,3H),3.6(t,8H),3.75(bs,1H),5.2(dt,1H),5.55(s,1H),6.1(s,1H),6.2(d,1H),6.75(d,4H),7.2-7.5(m,9H),7.8(d,1H) 1 H NMR (CHCl 3 ): 1.25 (m, 16H), 1.8 (s, 3H), 3.6 (t, 8H), 3.75 (bs, 1H), 5.2 (dt, 1H), 5.55 (s, 1H), 6.1 (s, 1H), 6.2 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 4H), 7.2-7.5 (m, 9H), 7.8 (d, 1H)

<實施例1> <Example 1>

(著色組成物(塗佈液)的製備) (Preparation of coloring composition (coating liquid))

<組成> <composition>

.下述三芳基甲烷染料(I-1)...2質量份 . The following triarylmethane dye (I-1)... 2 parts by mass

.下述光聚合性化合物:(T-1)...10.3質量份 . The following photopolymerizable compound: (T-1)...10.3 parts by mass

.下述鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1)...21.2質量份(固體成分換算值:8.5質量份) . The following alkali-soluble binder (U-1)...21.2 parts by mass (solid content conversion value: 8.5 parts by mass)

.下述光聚合起始劑(V-3)...1.0質量份 . The following photopolymerization initiator (V-3)...1.0 parts by mass

.下述溶劑(X-1)...7.2質量份 . The following solvent (X-1) ... 7.2 parts by mass

.下述溶劑(X-2)...0.4質量份 . The following solvent (X-2)...0.4 parts by mass

.下述界面活性劑(Z-1)...0.006質量份 . The following surfactant (Z-1)...0.006 parts by mass

三芳基甲烷染料(I-1):下述結構的化合物 Triarylmethane dye (I-1): a compound of the following structure

光聚合性化合物(T-1):卡亞拉德(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥(股)製造,二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的混合物) Photopolymerizable compound (T-1): KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate)

鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1):甲基丙烯酸苄基酯/甲基丙烯酸(85/15)[質量比]共聚合物(重量平均分子量:12,000)的丙二醇 單甲醚乙酸酯溶液(固體成分為40.0質量%)酸值(100mgKOH/g) Alkali-soluble binder (U-1): benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid (85 / 15) [mass ratio] copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 12,000) of propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate solution (solid content: 40.0% by mass) Acid value (100 mg KOH/g)

光聚合起始劑(V-3):下述結構的肟系化合物 Photopolymerization initiator (V-3): a lanthanide compound of the following structure

溶劑(X-1):丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 Solvent (X-1): propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate

溶劑(X-2):3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯 Solvent (X-2): ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate

界面活性劑(Z-1):美佳法(Megafac)F781-F(大日本油墨化學工業(股)製造) Surfactant (Z-1): Megafac F781-F (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

<實施例2~實施例27> <Example 2 to Example 27>

除了將三芳基甲烷染料(I-1)變更為下述(I-2)~(I-21)、(I-101)~(I-106)以外,以與實施例1相同的方式製備著色組成物。 Coloration was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the triarylmethane dye (I-1) was changed to the following (I-2) to (I-21) and (I-101) to (I-106). Composition.

[化57] [化57]

[化58] [化58]

<實施例28> <Example 28>

除了將實施例1中使用的鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1)變更為以下的鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1-1)以外,以與實施例1相同的方式製備著色組成物。 A coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the alkali-soluble binder (U-1) used in Example 1 was changed to the following alkali-soluble binder (U-1-1).

鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1-1):甲基丙烯酸苄基酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸烯丙基酯(20/60/20)[質量比]共聚合物(重量平均分子量:20,000)的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯溶液(固體成分為40.0質量%)酸值(250mgKOH/g) Alkali-soluble binder (U-1-1): benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate (20 / 60 / 20) [mass ratio] copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 20,000 ) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution (solid content: 40.0% by mass) acid value (250 mg KOH / g)

<實施例29> <Example 29>

除了將實施例1中使用的鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1)變更為以下 的鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2-1)以外,以與實施例1相同的方式製備著色組成物。 The alkali-soluble binder (U-1) used in Example 1 was changed to the following. A coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the alkali-soluble binder (U-2-1).

鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2-1):GMA-MAA/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸環己基酯(26/38/36)[質量比]共聚合物(重量平均分子量:3,000)的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯溶液(固體成分為40.0質量%)酸值(125mgKOH/g) Alkali-soluble binder (U-2-1): GMA-MAA/methacrylic acid/cyclohexyl methacrylate (26/38/36) [mass ratio] copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 3,000) of propylene glycol single Methyl ether acetate solution (solid content: 40.0% by mass) Acid value (125mgKOH/g)

此外,GMA-MAA表示以下的結構。 Further, GMA-MAA indicates the following structure.

<實施例30> <Example 30>

除了將實施例1中使用的鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-I)變更為以下的鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1-2)以外,以與實施例1相同的方式製備著色組成物。 A coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the alkali-soluble binder (U-I) used in Example 1 was changed to the following alkali-soluble binder (U-1-2).

鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-1-2):甲基丙烯酸苄基酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸烯丙基酯/N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺(15/20/30/35)[質量比]共聚合物(重量平均分子量:20,000)的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯溶液(固體成分為40.0質量%)酸值(110mgKOH/g) Alkali-soluble binder (U-1-2): benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate / N-phenyl maleimide (15/20/30/35 [mass ratio] copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 20,000) of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution (solid content: 40.0% by mass) acid value (110 mg KOH / g)

<比較例1> <Comparative Example 1>

除了將三芳基甲烷染料變更為WO2010-123071號公報的實施例2中記載的下述比較化合物1以外,以與實施例1相同的方式調整著色組成物。 The coloring composition was adjusted in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the triarylmethane dye was changed to the following Comparative Compound 1 described in Example 2 of WO2010-123071.

比較化合物1 Comparative compound 1

<比較例2> <Comparative Example 2>

除了將三芳基甲烷染料變更為下述比較化合物2以外,以與實施例1相同的方式調整著色組成物。 The coloring composition was adjusted in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the triarylmethane dye was changed to the following Comparative Compound 2.

比較化合物2:(東京化成工業公司製造,製品名為鹼性藍7) Comparative Compound 2: (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., product name is Alkaline Blue 7)

<利用著色組成物的著色膜的製作> <Production of Colored Film Using Colored Composition>

以600nm~700nm下的最大吸光度成為1.5~2.0的方式,將所述獲得的著色組成物塗佈於100mm×100mm的玻璃基板(1737,康寧(Corning)公司製造)上,於100℃的烘箱中乾燥180秒,於基板上製作著色膜。 The obtained coloring composition was applied to a 100 mm × 100 mm glass substrate (1737, manufactured by Corning) in an oven at 100 ° C in such a manner that the maximum absorbance at 600 nm to 700 nm was 1.5 to 2.0. After drying for 180 seconds, a colored film was formed on the substrate.

對所述獲得的著色膜進行下述評價。 The obtained coloring film was subjected to the following evaluation.

<耐熱性> <heat resistance>

對於所述著色膜,於230℃下加熱40分鐘後,測定色度變化,即△Eab值。根據加熱前後的UV-Vis光譜來算出△Eab值。△Eab值小,表示耐光性優異。 After the coloring film was heated at 230 ° C for 40 minutes, the change in chromaticity, that is, the ΔEab value was measured. The ΔEab value was calculated from the UV-Vis spectrum before and after heating. The ΔEab value is small, indicating that the light resistance is excellent.

<耐溶劑性(色度差)> <Solvent resistance (chromaticity difference)>

將於230℃下加熱20分鐘的所述著色膜於25℃的N-甲基吡咯啶酮(N-methylpyrrolidone,NMP)中浸積10分鐘,測定浸漬前後的色度,算出色變化的指標△Eab。根據加熱前後的UV-Vis光譜來算出△Eab值。此外,於△Eab的值為3以下的情況下,色相變化少,具有優異的耐溶劑性。 The colored film which was heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes was immersed in N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) at 25 ° C for 10 minutes, and the chromaticity before and after immersion was measured to calculate an index of color change. Eab. The ΔEab value was calculated from the UV-Vis spectrum before and after heating. Further, when the value of ΔEab is 3 or less, the hue change is small and the solvent resistance is excellent.

<電壓保持率> <voltage retention rate>

於帶有ITO電極的玻璃基板(商品名:1737,康寧公司製造)上,以乾燥後的膜厚成為2.0μm的方式塗佈著色組成物,於90℃的烘箱中乾燥(預烘烤)60秒。然後,不經由遮罩,進行100mJ/cm2的曝光(照度為20mW/cm2),使用鹼顯影液(商品名:CDK-1,富士膠片電子材料(股)製造)的1%水溶液,於25℃下進行顯影, 將水洗、乾燥後的塗佈膜於230℃的烘箱中進行30分鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),形成著色硬化膜。繼而,將形成有該著色硬化膜的基板以及僅以既定形狀蒸鍍有ITO電極的基板,以混合有5μm的玻璃珠的密封劑進行貼合,然後於基板間注入Merck(默克)製造的液晶MJ971189(商品名),製作液晶單元。 The colored composition was applied to a glass substrate (trade name: 1737, manufactured by Corning Incorporated) having an ITO electrode so that the film thickness after drying became 2.0 μm, and dried (prebaked) in an oven at 90 ° C. second. Then, exposure to 100 mJ/cm 2 (illuminance: 20 mW/cm 2 ) was carried out without using a mask, and a 1% aqueous solution of an alkali developer (trade name: CDK-1, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used. The development was carried out at 25 ° C, and the coated film which was washed with water and dried was subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) in an oven at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to form a colored cured film. Then, the substrate on which the colored cured film was formed and the substrate on which the ITO electrode was deposited only in a predetermined shape were bonded together with a sealant in which 5 μm of glass beads were mixed, and then injected between Merck by the substrate. Liquid crystal MJ971189 (trade name), making a liquid crystal cell.

繼而,將液晶單元放入70℃的恆溫層中48小時後,使用東陽特克尼卡(Toyo Technica)製造的液晶電壓保持率測定系統VHR-1A型(商品名),利用下述測定條件來測定液晶單元的電壓保持率,根據下述基準所示的分數來進行評價。分數越高,電壓保持率越良好。 Then, the liquid crystal cell was placed in a constant temperature layer of 70 ° C for 48 hours, and a liquid crystal voltage retention ratio measurement system VHR-1A (trade name) manufactured by Toyo Technica was used, and the following measurement conditions were used. The voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell was measured and evaluated based on the score shown by the following reference. The higher the score, the better the voltage retention.

測定條件 Measuring condition

.電極間距離:5μm~15μm . Distance between electrodes: 5μm~15μm

.施加電壓脈衝振幅:5V . Applied voltage pulse amplitude: 5V

.施加電壓脈衝頻率:60Hz . Applied voltage pulse frequency: 60Hz

.施加電壓脈衝寬度:16.67msec . Applied voltage pulse width: 16.67msec

*電壓保持率:16.7毫秒後的液晶單元電位差/0毫秒中施加的電壓的值 * Voltage holding ratio: liquid crystal cell potential difference after 16.7 milliseconds / value of voltage applied in 0 milliseconds

*判定法 *Judgement

90%以上:5 More than 90%: 5

85%以上且小於90%:4 85% or more and less than 90%: 4

80%以上且小於85%:3 More than 80% and less than 85%: 3

75%以上且小於80%:2 75% or more and less than 80%: 2

小於75%:1 Less than 75%: 1

根據所述結果可知,本發明中,可提供耐熱性、耐溶劑 性以及電壓保持率優異的著色組成物。 According to the results, in the present invention, heat resistance and solvent resistance can be provided. A coloring composition excellent in properties and voltage retention.

另一方面可知,比較例的著色組成物中,耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率並不良好。 On the other hand, in the colored composition of the comparative example, heat resistance, solvent resistance, and voltage holding ratio were not good.

Claims (15)

一種著色組成物,其包含著色劑及聚合性化合物,所述著色劑包含具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構、以及相對陰離子。 A colored composition comprising a colorant and a polymerizable compound, the colorant comprising a triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less, and a counter anion. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中所述具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構是由通式(TP1)及/或通式(TP2)所表示: 通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基。 The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is represented by the general formula (TP1) and/or the general formula (TP2). Indicates: In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution. Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; , b and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, two of Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 , and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring; Rtp 1 to Rtp 11. A crosslinkable group in any of Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 . 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中 相對陰離子是選自:選自氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子、PF6-及SbF6-中的至少1種;以及選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少1種; 通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-;通式(A2) 通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the relative anion is selected from the group consisting of: selected from the group consisting of a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, and a borate At least one of an anion, PF 6- and SbF 6- ; and a structure selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , the following formula (A1) and the following formula (A2) At least one of the structures indicated; In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; formula (A2) In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述相對陰離子包含於含有交聯性基的化合物中。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the relative anion is contained in a compound having a crosslinkable group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中 所述相對陰離子包含於重複單元中。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or 2, wherein The opposite anion is included in the repeating unit. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中所述具有交聯性基及陽離子且分子量為2000以下的三芳基甲烷結構是由通式(TP1A)或者通式(TP2A)所表示; 通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或者NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者中具有交聯性基;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少1個可經通式(P)所取代;通式(P)[化5] 通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或者2價連結基,X1選自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、包含下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基團以及包含下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基團中的至少1種中; 通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-; 通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。 The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the triarylmethane structure having a crosslinkable group and a cation and having a molecular weight of 2000 or less is represented by the formula (TP1A) or the formula (TP2A); In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution. Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; , b and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, two of Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 , and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring; Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 have a crosslinkable group; at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 may be substituted by the general formula (P); 5] In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X 1 is selected from a group selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - and a structure represented by the following formula (A1) And at least one of a group including a structure represented by the following formula (A2); In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其更包含光聚合起始劑。 The coloring composition as described in claim 1 or 2, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其用 於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 For the coloring composition as described in claim 1 or 2, Forming a colored layer of a color filter. 一種著色硬化膜,其是將如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而成。 A colored cured film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of the first to eighth aspects of the invention. 一種彩色濾光片,其包括如申請專利範圍第9項所述的著色硬化膜。 A color filter comprising the colored hardening film according to claim 9 of the patent application. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述的著色組成物賦予至支持體上而形成著色組成物層的步驟;將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將未曝光部進行顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter, comprising: a step of applying a colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 to a support to form a colored composition layer; a step of exposing the colored composition layer to a pattern; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述的著色組成物賦予至支持體上而形成著色組成物層,進行硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由曝光及顯影,將所述光阻層圖案化而獲得光阻圖案的步驟;或者將所述光阻圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,對所述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter, comprising: applying a colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 to a support to form a colored composition layer, and curing is performed to form a colored composition layer a step of forming a photoresist layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a photoresist pattern; or using the photoresist pattern as an etch mask a cover, the step of dry etching the colored layer. 一種彩色濾光片,其是利用如申請專利範圍第11項或第12項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法來製造。 A color filter manufactured by the method of producing a color filter according to the eleventh or twelfth aspect of the patent application. 一種固體攝影元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第10項所述的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state photographic element comprising the color filter of claim 10 of the patent application. 一種影像顯示裝置,其包括如申請專利範圍第10項所述的彩色濾光片。 An image display device comprising the color filter of claim 10 of the patent application.
TW103128228A 2013-09-30 2014-08-18 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device TWI634162B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-204925 2013-09-30
JP2013204925 2013-09-30
JP2013262313A JP6147181B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2013-12-19 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013-262313 2013-12-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201512315A true TW201512315A (en) 2015-04-01
TWI634162B TWI634162B (en) 2018-09-01

Family

ID=52742778

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103128228A TWI634162B (en) 2013-09-30 2014-08-18 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6147181B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101855237B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105593311B (en)
TW (1) TWI634162B (en)
WO (1) WO2015045622A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017057289A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Novel compound, coloring composition for dyeing or printing, ink for inkjet printing, method of printing on cloth, and dyed or printed cloth
WO2017057290A1 (en) 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Novel compound, coloring composition for dyeing or printing, ink for inkjet printing, method of printing on cloth, and dyed or printed cloth
JP6920048B2 (en) * 2015-12-15 2021-08-18 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Compounds and coloring compositions
JP6931575B2 (en) * 2016-11-16 2021-09-08 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Coloring composition, coloring curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
CN108333872B (en) * 2017-01-19 2021-06-29 东友精细化工有限公司 Colored photosensitive resin composition for green pixel, color filter and application thereof
WO2018194002A1 (en) * 2017-04-17 2018-10-25 山本化成株式会社 Triarylmethane-based compound

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101960337B (en) * 2008-02-27 2013-01-09 三菱化学株式会社 Coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic EL display and liquid crystal display
JP5544725B2 (en) * 2008-02-27 2014-07-09 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic EL display and liquid crystal display device
JP2011068866A (en) * 2009-08-26 2011-04-07 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Coloring composition, color filter, organic el display and liquid crystal display
TWI444441B (en) * 2009-09-25 2014-07-11 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Coloring composition and color filter
JP5573724B2 (en) * 2011-02-18 2014-08-20 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and display element
JP5772122B2 (en) * 2011-03-23 2015-09-02 三菱化学株式会社 Dye, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
JP2013010814A (en) * 2011-06-28 2013-01-17 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Triarylmethane dye having polymerizable double bond, polymeric compound having triarylmethane dye on side chain, coloring composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP5729194B2 (en) * 2011-07-22 2015-06-03 Jsr株式会社 Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display element
JP5934664B2 (en) * 2012-03-19 2016-06-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6062732B2 (en) * 2012-12-19 2017-01-18 株式会社Adeka Novel compound and colored photosensitive composition
JP6064598B2 (en) * 2012-12-28 2017-01-25 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI634162B (en) 2018-09-01
JP2015092217A (en) 2015-05-14
CN105593311B (en) 2018-06-12
JP6147181B2 (en) 2017-06-14
CN105593311A (en) 2016-05-18
KR20160047561A (en) 2016-05-02
WO2015045622A1 (en) 2015-04-02
KR101855237B1 (en) 2018-05-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI644990B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image element, image display device and colored compound
TWI666514B (en) Colored curable resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display device, compound and cation
TWI466882B (en) Colorant multimer, colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same
TWI685547B (en) Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI646159B (en) Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and triarylmethane compound
TWI634162B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
JP6251208B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP7217776B2 (en) Coloring compositions and compounds
TW201542703A (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP6283694B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101957754B1 (en) COLORING COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, COLOR FILTER, METHOD FOR PRODUCING COLOR FILTER, SOLID-STATE PHOTOGRAPHIC DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY AND POLYMER
JP7079128B2 (en) Color curable resin composition
TW201525077A (en) Colored composition, method for manufacturing colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
TW201446887A (en) Coloring composition, colored cured film and display element
JP2015069052A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element, and liquid crystal display device
JP7079127B2 (en) Color curable resin composition
TW201710786A (en) Color composition, cured film, color filter, process for producing color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and polymer